| 1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 2 | // Name: src/generic/grid.cpp |
| 3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes |
| 4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) |
| 5 | // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios |
| 6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 |
| 7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ |
| 8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) |
| 9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence |
| 10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 11 | |
| 12 | /* |
| 13 | TODO: |
| 14 | |
| 15 | - Replace use of wxINVERT with wxOverlay |
| 16 | - Make Begin/EndBatch() the same as the generic Freeze/Thaw() |
| 17 | - Review the column reordering code, it's a mess. |
| 18 | - Implement row reordering after dealing with the columns. |
| 19 | */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". |
| 22 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" |
| 23 | |
| 24 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ |
| 25 | #pragma hdrstop |
| 26 | #endif |
| 27 | |
| 28 | #if wxUSE_GRID |
| 29 | |
| 30 | #include "wx/grid.h" |
| 31 | |
| 32 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP |
| 33 | #include "wx/utils.h" |
| 34 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" |
| 35 | #include "wx/settings.h" |
| 36 | #include "wx/log.h" |
| 37 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" |
| 38 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" |
| 39 | #include "wx/combobox.h" |
| 40 | #include "wx/valtext.h" |
| 41 | #include "wx/intl.h" |
| 42 | #include "wx/math.h" |
| 43 | #include "wx/listbox.h" |
| 44 | #endif |
| 45 | |
| 46 | #include "wx/textfile.h" |
| 47 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" |
| 48 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" |
| 49 | #include "wx/renderer.h" |
| 50 | #include "wx/headerctrl.h" |
| 51 | #include "wx/hashset.h" |
| 52 | |
| 53 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" |
| 54 | #include "wx/generic/gridctrl.h" |
| 55 | #include "wx/generic/grideditors.h" |
| 56 | #include "wx/generic/private/grid.h" |
| 57 | |
| 58 | const char wxGridNameStr[] = "grid"; |
| 59 | |
| 60 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 61 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) |
| 62 | #else |
| 63 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier |
| 64 | #endif |
| 65 | |
| 66 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) |
| 67 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) |
| 68 | #else |
| 69 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier |
| 70 | #endif |
| 71 | |
| 72 | // Required for wxIs... functions |
| 73 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 74 | |
| 75 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL_PTR(int, ::wxIntegerHash, ::wxIntegerEqual, |
| 76 | wxGridFixedIndicesSet, class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); |
| 77 | |
| 78 | |
| 79 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 80 | // globals |
| 81 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 82 | |
| 83 | namespace |
| 84 | { |
| 85 | |
| 86 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 87 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 88 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; |
| 89 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; |
| 90 | #endif |
| 91 | |
| 92 | // this struct simply combines together the default header renderers |
| 93 | // |
| 94 | // as the renderers ctors are trivial, there is no problem with making them |
| 95 | // globals |
| 96 | struct DefaultHeaderRenderers |
| 97 | { |
| 98 | wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault colRenderer; |
| 99 | wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault rowRenderer; |
| 100 | wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault cornerRenderer; |
| 101 | } gs_defaultHeaderRenderers; |
| 102 | |
| 103 | } // anonymous namespace |
| 104 | |
| 105 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 106 | // constants |
| 107 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 108 | |
| 109 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); |
| 110 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); |
| 111 | |
| 112 | namespace |
| 113 | { |
| 114 | |
| 115 | // scroll line size |
| 116 | const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15; |
| 117 | const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; |
| 118 | |
| 119 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements |
| 120 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) |
| 121 | const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; |
| 122 | |
| 123 | // the minimal distance in pixels the mouse needs to move to start a drag |
| 124 | // operation |
| 125 | const int DRAG_SENSITIVITY = 3; |
| 126 | |
| 127 | } // anonymous namespace |
| 128 | |
| 129 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" |
| 130 | |
| 131 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) |
| 132 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) |
| 133 | |
| 134 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 135 | // events |
| 136 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 137 | |
| 138 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); |
| 139 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); |
| 140 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); |
| 141 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); |
| 142 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxGridEvent ); |
| 143 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); |
| 144 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); |
| 145 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); |
| 146 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); |
| 147 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent ); |
| 148 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent ); |
| 149 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, wxGridEvent ); |
| 150 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, wxGridEvent ); |
| 151 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, wxGridRangeSelectEvent ); |
| 152 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, wxGridEvent ); |
| 153 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, wxGridEvent ); |
| 154 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, wxGridEvent ); |
| 155 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, wxGridEvent ); |
| 156 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, wxGridEvent ); |
| 157 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, wxGridEditorCreatedEvent ); |
| 158 | |
| 159 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 160 | // private helpers |
| 161 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 162 | |
| 163 | namespace |
| 164 | { |
| 165 | |
| 166 | // ensure that first is less or equal to second, swapping the values if |
| 167 | // necessary |
| 168 | void EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(int& first, int& second) |
| 169 | { |
| 170 | if ( first > second ) |
| 171 | wxSwap(first, second); |
| 172 | } |
| 173 | |
| 174 | } // anonymous namespace |
| 175 | |
| 176 | // ============================================================================ |
| 177 | // implementation |
| 178 | // ============================================================================ |
| 179 | |
| 180 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler) |
| 181 | |
| 182 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) |
| 183 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus ) |
| 184 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) |
| 185 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) |
| 186 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 187 | |
| 188 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridHeaderCtrl, wxHeaderCtrl) |
| 189 | EVT_HEADER_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnClick) |
| 190 | EVT_HEADER_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnDoubleClick) |
| 191 | EVT_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnRightClick) |
| 192 | |
| 193 | EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginResize) |
| 194 | EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnResizing) |
| 195 | EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndResize) |
| 196 | |
| 197 | EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginReorder) |
| 198 | EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndReorder) |
| 199 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 200 | |
| 201 | wxGridOperations& wxGridRowOperations::Dual() const |
| 202 | { |
| 203 | static wxGridColumnOperations s_colOper; |
| 204 | |
| 205 | return s_colOper; |
| 206 | } |
| 207 | |
| 208 | wxGridOperations& wxGridColumnOperations::Dual() const |
| 209 | { |
| 210 | static wxGridRowOperations s_rowOper; |
| 211 | |
| 212 | return s_rowOper; |
| 213 | } |
| 214 | |
| 215 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 216 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for |
| 217 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting |
| 218 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 219 | |
| 220 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) |
| 221 | { |
| 222 | // nothing to do |
| 223 | } |
| 224 | |
| 225 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() |
| 226 | { |
| 227 | } |
| 228 | |
| 229 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 230 | // wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer and related classes |
| 231 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 232 | |
| 233 | void wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer::DrawLabel(const wxGrid& grid, |
| 234 | wxDC& dc, |
| 235 | const wxString& value, |
| 236 | const wxRect& rect, |
| 237 | int horizAlign, |
| 238 | int vertAlign, |
| 239 | int textOrientation) const |
| 240 | { |
| 241 | dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT); |
| 242 | dc.SetTextForeground(grid.GetLabelTextColour()); |
| 243 | dc.SetFont(grid.GetLabelFont()); |
| 244 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, value, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation); |
| 245 | } |
| 246 | |
| 247 | |
| 248 | void wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid), |
| 249 | wxDC& dc, |
| 250 | wxRect& rect) const |
| 251 | { |
| 252 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); |
| 253 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(), |
| 254 | rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom()); |
| 255 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), |
| 256 | rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom()); |
| 257 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(), |
| 258 | rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom()); |
| 259 | |
| 260 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); |
| 261 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(), |
| 262 | rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom()); |
| 263 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(), |
| 264 | rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop()); |
| 265 | |
| 266 | rect.Deflate(2); |
| 267 | } |
| 268 | |
| 269 | void wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid), |
| 270 | wxDC& dc, |
| 271 | wxRect& rect) const |
| 272 | { |
| 273 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); |
| 274 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(), |
| 275 | rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom()); |
| 276 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), |
| 277 | rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop()); |
| 278 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(), |
| 279 | rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom()); |
| 280 | |
| 281 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); |
| 282 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1, |
| 283 | rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom()); |
| 284 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1, |
| 285 | rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop() + 1); |
| 286 | |
| 287 | rect.Deflate(2); |
| 288 | } |
| 289 | |
| 290 | void wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid), |
| 291 | wxDC& dc, |
| 292 | wxRect& rect) const |
| 293 | { |
| 294 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); |
| 295 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1, |
| 296 | rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop()); |
| 297 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1, |
| 298 | rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom() - 1); |
| 299 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), |
| 300 | rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop()); |
| 301 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), |
| 302 | rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom()); |
| 303 | |
| 304 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); |
| 305 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1, |
| 306 | rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop() + 1); |
| 307 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1, |
| 308 | rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1); |
| 309 | |
| 310 | rect.Deflate(2); |
| 311 | } |
| 312 | |
| 313 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 314 | // wxGridCellAttr |
| 315 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 316 | |
| 317 | void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault) |
| 318 | { |
| 319 | m_isReadOnly = Unset; |
| 320 | |
| 321 | m_renderer = NULL; |
| 322 | m_editor = NULL; |
| 323 | |
| 324 | m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell; |
| 325 | |
| 326 | m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1; |
| 327 | m_overflow = UnsetOverflow; |
| 328 | |
| 329 | SetDefAttr(attrDefault); |
| 330 | } |
| 331 | |
| 332 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const |
| 333 | { |
| 334 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr); |
| 335 | |
| 336 | if ( HasTextColour() ) |
| 337 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); |
| 338 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) |
| 339 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); |
| 340 | if ( HasFont() ) |
| 341 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); |
| 342 | if ( HasAlignment() ) |
| 343 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); |
| 344 | |
| 345 | attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols ); |
| 346 | |
| 347 | if ( m_renderer ) |
| 348 | { |
| 349 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); |
| 350 | m_renderer->IncRef(); |
| 351 | } |
| 352 | if ( m_editor ) |
| 353 | { |
| 354 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); |
| 355 | m_editor->IncRef(); |
| 356 | } |
| 357 | |
| 358 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) |
| 359 | attr->SetReadOnly(); |
| 360 | |
| 361 | attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow ); |
| 362 | attr->SetKind( m_attrkind ); |
| 363 | |
| 364 | return attr; |
| 365 | } |
| 366 | |
| 367 | void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom) |
| 368 | { |
| 369 | if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() ) |
| 370 | SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour()); |
| 371 | if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() ) |
| 372 | SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour()); |
| 373 | if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() ) |
| 374 | SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont()); |
| 375 | if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ) |
| 376 | { |
| 377 | int hAlign, vAlign; |
| 378 | mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign); |
| 379 | SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); |
| 380 | } |
| 381 | if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() ) |
| 382 | mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols ); |
| 383 | |
| 384 | // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return |
| 385 | // m_renderer/m_editor |
| 386 | // |
| 387 | // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor? |
| 388 | if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() ) |
| 389 | { |
| 390 | m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer; |
| 391 | m_renderer->IncRef(); |
| 392 | } |
| 393 | if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() ) |
| 394 | { |
| 395 | m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor; |
| 396 | m_editor->IncRef(); |
| 397 | } |
| 398 | if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() ) |
| 399 | SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly()); |
| 400 | |
| 401 | if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() ) |
| 402 | SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow()); |
| 403 | |
| 404 | SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr); |
| 405 | } |
| 406 | |
| 407 | void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols) |
| 408 | { |
| 409 | // The size of a cell is normally 1,1 |
| 410 | |
| 411 | // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell |
| 412 | // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be |
| 413 | // set to negative or zero values such that |
| 414 | // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell) |
| 415 | // same goes for the col + num_cols. |
| 416 | |
| 417 | // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value |
| 418 | |
| 419 | wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) || |
| 420 | !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) || |
| 421 | !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))), |
| 422 | wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two positive values or negative/zero values")); |
| 423 | |
| 424 | m_sizeRows = num_rows; |
| 425 | m_sizeCols = num_cols; |
| 426 | } |
| 427 | |
| 428 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const |
| 429 | { |
| 430 | if (HasTextColour()) |
| 431 | { |
| 432 | return m_colText; |
| 433 | } |
| 434 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) |
| 435 | { |
| 436 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); |
| 437 | } |
| 438 | else |
| 439 | { |
| 440 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); |
| 441 | return wxNullColour; |
| 442 | } |
| 443 | } |
| 444 | |
| 445 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const |
| 446 | { |
| 447 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) |
| 448 | { |
| 449 | return m_colBack; |
| 450 | } |
| 451 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) |
| 452 | { |
| 453 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); |
| 454 | } |
| 455 | else |
| 456 | { |
| 457 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); |
| 458 | return wxNullColour; |
| 459 | } |
| 460 | } |
| 461 | |
| 462 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const |
| 463 | { |
| 464 | if (HasFont()) |
| 465 | { |
| 466 | return m_font; |
| 467 | } |
| 468 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) |
| 469 | { |
| 470 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); |
| 471 | } |
| 472 | else |
| 473 | { |
| 474 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); |
| 475 | return wxNullFont; |
| 476 | } |
| 477 | } |
| 478 | |
| 479 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const |
| 480 | { |
| 481 | if (HasAlignment()) |
| 482 | { |
| 483 | if ( hAlign ) |
| 484 | *hAlign = m_hAlign; |
| 485 | if ( vAlign ) |
| 486 | *vAlign = m_vAlign; |
| 487 | } |
| 488 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) |
| 489 | { |
| 490 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); |
| 491 | } |
| 492 | else |
| 493 | { |
| 494 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); |
| 495 | } |
| 496 | } |
| 497 | |
| 498 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetNonDefaultAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const |
| 499 | { |
| 500 | if ( hAlign && m_hAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID ) |
| 501 | *hAlign = m_hAlign; |
| 502 | |
| 503 | if ( vAlign && m_vAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID ) |
| 504 | *vAlign = m_vAlign; |
| 505 | } |
| 506 | |
| 507 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const |
| 508 | { |
| 509 | if ( num_rows ) |
| 510 | *num_rows = m_sizeRows; |
| 511 | if ( num_cols ) |
| 512 | *num_cols = m_sizeCols; |
| 513 | } |
| 514 | |
| 515 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about |
| 516 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is |
| 517 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and |
| 518 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is |
| 519 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its |
| 520 | // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. |
| 521 | |
| 522 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const |
| 523 | { |
| 524 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL; |
| 525 | |
| 526 | if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr ) |
| 527 | { |
| 528 | // use the cells renderer if it has one |
| 529 | renderer = m_renderer; |
| 530 | renderer->IncRef(); |
| 531 | } |
| 532 | else // no non-default cell renderer |
| 533 | { |
| 534 | // get default renderer for the data type |
| 535 | if ( grid ) |
| 536 | { |
| 537 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us |
| 538 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); |
| 539 | } |
| 540 | |
| 541 | if ( renderer == NULL ) |
| 542 | { |
| 543 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) |
| 544 | { |
| 545 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default |
| 546 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) |
| 547 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); |
| 548 | } |
| 549 | else // default grid attr |
| 550 | { |
| 551 | // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially |
| 552 | renderer = m_renderer; |
| 553 | if ( renderer ) |
| 554 | renderer->IncRef(); |
| 555 | } |
| 556 | } |
| 557 | } |
| 558 | |
| 559 | // we're supposed to always find something |
| 560 | wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer")); |
| 561 | |
| 562 | return renderer; |
| 563 | } |
| 564 | |
| 565 | // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g |
| 566 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const |
| 567 | { |
| 568 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL; |
| 569 | |
| 570 | if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr ) |
| 571 | { |
| 572 | // use the cells editor if it has one |
| 573 | editor = m_editor; |
| 574 | editor->IncRef(); |
| 575 | } |
| 576 | else // no non default cell editor |
| 577 | { |
| 578 | // get default editor for the data type |
| 579 | if ( grid ) |
| 580 | { |
| 581 | // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us |
| 582 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); |
| 583 | } |
| 584 | |
| 585 | if ( editor == NULL ) |
| 586 | { |
| 587 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) |
| 588 | { |
| 589 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default |
| 590 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) |
| 591 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); |
| 592 | } |
| 593 | else // default grid attr |
| 594 | { |
| 595 | // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially |
| 596 | editor = m_editor; |
| 597 | if ( editor ) |
| 598 | editor->IncRef(); |
| 599 | } |
| 600 | } |
| 601 | } |
| 602 | |
| 603 | // we're supposed to always find something |
| 604 | wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor")); |
| 605 | |
| 606 | return editor; |
| 607 | } |
| 608 | |
| 609 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 610 | // wxGridCellAttrData |
| 611 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 612 | |
| 613 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) |
| 614 | { |
| 615 | // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not |
| 616 | // touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this |
| 617 | // is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr |
| 618 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); |
| 619 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 620 | { |
| 621 | if ( attr ) |
| 622 | { |
| 623 | // add the attribute |
| 624 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); |
| 625 | } |
| 626 | //else: nothing to do |
| 627 | } |
| 628 | else // we already have an attribute for this cell |
| 629 | { |
| 630 | if ( attr ) |
| 631 | { |
| 632 | // change the attribute |
| 633 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr); |
| 634 | } |
| 635 | else |
| 636 | { |
| 637 | // remove this attribute |
| 638 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); |
| 639 | } |
| 640 | } |
| 641 | } |
| 642 | |
| 643 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const |
| 644 | { |
| 645 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; |
| 646 | |
| 647 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); |
| 648 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 649 | { |
| 650 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; |
| 651 | attr->IncRef(); |
| 652 | } |
| 653 | |
| 654 | return attr; |
| 655 | } |
| 656 | |
| 657 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) |
| 658 | { |
| 659 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); |
| 660 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 661 | { |
| 662 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; |
| 663 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); |
| 664 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) |
| 665 | { |
| 666 | if (numRows > 0) |
| 667 | { |
| 668 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary |
| 669 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); |
| 670 | } |
| 671 | else if (numRows < 0) |
| 672 | { |
| 673 | // If rows deleted ... |
| 674 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) |
| 675 | { |
| 676 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... |
| 677 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); |
| 678 | } |
| 679 | else |
| 680 | { |
| 681 | // ...or remove the attribute |
| 682 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); |
| 683 | n--; |
| 684 | count--; |
| 685 | } |
| 686 | } |
| 687 | } |
| 688 | } |
| 689 | } |
| 690 | |
| 691 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) |
| 692 | { |
| 693 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); |
| 694 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 695 | { |
| 696 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; |
| 697 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); |
| 698 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) |
| 699 | { |
| 700 | if ( numCols > 0 ) |
| 701 | { |
| 702 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary |
| 703 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); |
| 704 | } |
| 705 | else if (numCols < 0) |
| 706 | { |
| 707 | // If rows deleted ... |
| 708 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) |
| 709 | { |
| 710 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... |
| 711 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); |
| 712 | } |
| 713 | else |
| 714 | { |
| 715 | // ...or remove the attribute |
| 716 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); |
| 717 | n--; |
| 718 | count--; |
| 719 | } |
| 720 | } |
| 721 | } |
| 722 | } |
| 723 | } |
| 724 | |
| 725 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const |
| 726 | { |
| 727 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); |
| 728 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 729 | { |
| 730 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; |
| 731 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) |
| 732 | { |
| 733 | return n; |
| 734 | } |
| 735 | } |
| 736 | |
| 737 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
| 738 | } |
| 739 | |
| 740 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 741 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData |
| 742 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 743 | |
| 744 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() |
| 745 | { |
| 746 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); |
| 747 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 748 | { |
| 749 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); |
| 750 | } |
| 751 | } |
| 752 | |
| 753 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const |
| 754 | { |
| 755 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; |
| 756 | |
| 757 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); |
| 758 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 759 | { |
| 760 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; |
| 761 | attr->IncRef(); |
| 762 | } |
| 763 | |
| 764 | return attr; |
| 765 | } |
| 766 | |
| 767 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) |
| 768 | { |
| 769 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); |
| 770 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 771 | { |
| 772 | if ( attr ) |
| 773 | { |
| 774 | // store the new attribute, taking its ownership |
| 775 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); |
| 776 | m_attrs.Add(attr); |
| 777 | } |
| 778 | // nothing to remove |
| 779 | } |
| 780 | else // we have an attribute for this row or column |
| 781 | { |
| 782 | size_t n = (size_t)i; |
| 783 | |
| 784 | // notice that this code works correctly even when the old attribute is |
| 785 | // the same as the new one: as we own of it, we must call DecRef() on |
| 786 | // it in any case and this won't result in destruction of the new |
| 787 | // attribute if it's the same as old one because it must have ref count |
| 788 | // of at least 2 to be passed to us while we keep a reference to it too |
| 789 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); |
| 790 | |
| 791 | if ( attr ) |
| 792 | { |
| 793 | // replace the attribute with the new one |
| 794 | m_attrs[n] = attr; |
| 795 | } |
| 796 | else // remove the attribute |
| 797 | { |
| 798 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); |
| 799 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); |
| 800 | } |
| 801 | } |
| 802 | } |
| 803 | |
| 804 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) |
| 805 | { |
| 806 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); |
| 807 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 808 | { |
| 809 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; |
| 810 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) |
| 811 | { |
| 812 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) |
| 813 | { |
| 814 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary |
| 815 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; |
| 816 | } |
| 817 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) |
| 818 | { |
| 819 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) |
| 820 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) |
| 821 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; |
| 822 | else |
| 823 | { |
| 824 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); |
| 825 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); |
| 826 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); |
| 827 | n--; |
| 828 | count--; |
| 829 | } |
| 830 | } |
| 831 | } |
| 832 | } |
| 833 | } |
| 834 | |
| 835 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 836 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider |
| 837 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 838 | |
| 839 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() |
| 840 | { |
| 841 | m_data = NULL; |
| 842 | } |
| 843 | |
| 844 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() |
| 845 | { |
| 846 | delete m_data; |
| 847 | } |
| 848 | |
| 849 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() |
| 850 | { |
| 851 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; |
| 852 | } |
| 853 | |
| 854 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col, |
| 855 | wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const |
| 856 | { |
| 857 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; |
| 858 | if ( m_data ) |
| 859 | { |
| 860 | switch (kind) |
| 861 | { |
| 862 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Any): |
| 863 | // Get cached merge attributes. |
| 864 | // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable |
| 865 | // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col); |
| 866 | if (!attr) |
| 867 | { |
| 868 | // Basically implement old version. |
| 869 | // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time.. |
| 870 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); |
| 871 | wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); |
| 872 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); |
| 873 | |
| 874 | if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)) |
| 875 | { |
| 876 | // Two or more are non NULL |
| 877 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; |
| 878 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged); |
| 879 | |
| 880 | // Order is important.. |
| 881 | if (attrcell) |
| 882 | { |
| 883 | attr->MergeWith(attrcell); |
| 884 | attrcell->DecRef(); |
| 885 | } |
| 886 | if (attrcol) |
| 887 | { |
| 888 | attr->MergeWith(attrcol); |
| 889 | attrcol->DecRef(); |
| 890 | } |
| 891 | if (attrrow) |
| 892 | { |
| 893 | attr->MergeWith(attrrow); |
| 894 | attrrow->DecRef(); |
| 895 | } |
| 896 | |
| 897 | // store merge attr if cache implemented |
| 898 | //attr->IncRef(); |
| 899 | //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col); |
| 900 | } |
| 901 | else |
| 902 | { |
| 903 | // one or none is non null return it or null. |
| 904 | if (attrrow) |
| 905 | attr = attrrow; |
| 906 | if (attrcol) |
| 907 | { |
| 908 | if (attr) |
| 909 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 910 | attr = attrcol; |
| 911 | } |
| 912 | if (attrcell) |
| 913 | { |
| 914 | if (attr) |
| 915 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 916 | attr = attrcell; |
| 917 | } |
| 918 | } |
| 919 | } |
| 920 | break; |
| 921 | |
| 922 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell): |
| 923 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); |
| 924 | break; |
| 925 | |
| 926 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Col): |
| 927 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); |
| 928 | break; |
| 929 | |
| 930 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Row): |
| 931 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); |
| 932 | break; |
| 933 | |
| 934 | default: |
| 935 | // unused as yet... |
| 936 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Default): |
| 937 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged): |
| 938 | break; |
| 939 | } |
| 940 | } |
| 941 | |
| 942 | return attr; |
| 943 | } |
| 944 | |
| 945 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, |
| 946 | int row, int col) |
| 947 | { |
| 948 | if ( !m_data ) |
| 949 | InitData(); |
| 950 | |
| 951 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); |
| 952 | } |
| 953 | |
| 954 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) |
| 955 | { |
| 956 | if ( !m_data ) |
| 957 | InitData(); |
| 958 | |
| 959 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); |
| 960 | } |
| 961 | |
| 962 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) |
| 963 | { |
| 964 | if ( !m_data ) |
| 965 | InitData(); |
| 966 | |
| 967 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); |
| 968 | } |
| 969 | |
| 970 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) |
| 971 | { |
| 972 | if ( m_data ) |
| 973 | { |
| 974 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); |
| 975 | |
| 976 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); |
| 977 | } |
| 978 | } |
| 979 | |
| 980 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) |
| 981 | { |
| 982 | if ( m_data ) |
| 983 | { |
| 984 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); |
| 985 | |
| 986 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); |
| 987 | } |
| 988 | } |
| 989 | |
| 990 | const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer& |
| 991 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetColumnHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(col)) |
| 992 | { |
| 993 | return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer; |
| 994 | } |
| 995 | |
| 996 | const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer& |
| 997 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetRowHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(row)) |
| 998 | { |
| 999 | return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer; |
| 1000 | } |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 | const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer& wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetCornerRenderer() |
| 1003 | { |
| 1004 | return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer; |
| 1005 | } |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1008 | // wxGridTableBase |
| 1009 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() |
| 1014 | { |
| 1015 | m_view = NULL; |
| 1016 | m_attrProvider = NULL; |
| 1017 | } |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() |
| 1020 | { |
| 1021 | delete m_attrProvider; |
| 1022 | } |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) |
| 1025 | { |
| 1026 | delete m_attrProvider; |
| 1027 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; |
| 1028 | } |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() |
| 1031 | { |
| 1032 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) |
| 1033 | { |
| 1034 | // use the default attr provider by default |
| 1035 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); |
| 1036 | } |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 | return true; |
| 1039 | } |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) |
| 1042 | { |
| 1043 | if ( m_attrProvider ) |
| 1044 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind); |
| 1045 | else |
| 1046 | return NULL; |
| 1047 | } |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) |
| 1050 | { |
| 1051 | if ( m_attrProvider ) |
| 1052 | { |
| 1053 | if ( attr ) |
| 1054 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell); |
| 1055 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); |
| 1056 | } |
| 1057 | else |
| 1058 | { |
| 1059 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must |
| 1060 | // free it now |
| 1061 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 1062 | } |
| 1063 | } |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) |
| 1066 | { |
| 1067 | if ( m_attrProvider ) |
| 1068 | { |
| 1069 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row); |
| 1070 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); |
| 1071 | } |
| 1072 | else |
| 1073 | { |
| 1074 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must |
| 1075 | // free it now |
| 1076 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 1077 | } |
| 1078 | } |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) |
| 1081 | { |
| 1082 | if ( m_attrProvider ) |
| 1083 | { |
| 1084 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col); |
| 1085 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); |
| 1086 | } |
| 1087 | else |
| 1088 | { |
| 1089 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must |
| 1090 | // free it now |
| 1091 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 1092 | } |
| 1093 | } |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), |
| 1096 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) |
| 1097 | { |
| 1098 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); |
| 1099 | |
| 1100 | return false; |
| 1101 | } |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) |
| 1104 | { |
| 1105 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 | return false; |
| 1108 | } |
| 1109 | |
| 1110 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), |
| 1111 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) |
| 1112 | { |
| 1113 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | return false; |
| 1116 | } |
| 1117 | |
| 1118 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), |
| 1119 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) |
| 1120 | { |
| 1121 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | return false; |
| 1124 | } |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) |
| 1127 | { |
| 1128 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 | return false; |
| 1131 | } |
| 1132 | |
| 1133 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), |
| 1134 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) |
| 1135 | { |
| 1136 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); |
| 1137 | |
| 1138 | return false; |
| 1139 | } |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) |
| 1142 | { |
| 1143 | wxString s; |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, |
| 1146 | // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks. |
| 1147 | s << row + 1; |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | return s; |
| 1150 | } |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) |
| 1153 | { |
| 1154 | // default col labels are: |
| 1155 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z |
| 1156 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ |
| 1157 | // etc. |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | wxString s; |
| 1160 | unsigned int i, n; |
| 1161 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) |
| 1162 | { |
| 1163 | s += (wxChar) (wxT('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26)); |
| 1164 | col = col / 26 - 1; |
| 1165 | if ( col < 0 ) |
| 1166 | break; |
| 1167 | } |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | // reverse the string... |
| 1170 | wxString s2; |
| 1171 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) |
| 1172 | { |
| 1173 | s2 += s[n - i - 1]; |
| 1174 | } |
| 1175 | |
| 1176 | return s2; |
| 1177 | } |
| 1178 | |
| 1179 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) |
| 1180 | { |
| 1181 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; |
| 1182 | } |
| 1183 | |
| 1184 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 1185 | const wxString& typeName ) |
| 1186 | { |
| 1187 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; |
| 1188 | } |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) |
| 1191 | { |
| 1192 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); |
| 1193 | } |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) |
| 1196 | { |
| 1197 | return 0; |
| 1198 | } |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) |
| 1201 | { |
| 1202 | return 0.0; |
| 1203 | } |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) |
| 1206 | { |
| 1207 | return false; |
| 1208 | } |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 1211 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) |
| 1212 | { |
| 1213 | } |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 1216 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) |
| 1217 | { |
| 1218 | } |
| 1219 | |
| 1220 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 1221 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) |
| 1222 | { |
| 1223 | } |
| 1224 | |
| 1225 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 1226 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) |
| 1227 | { |
| 1228 | return NULL; |
| 1229 | } |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 1232 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), |
| 1233 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) |
| 1234 | { |
| 1235 | } |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 1238 | // |
| 1239 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications |
| 1240 | // to the grid view |
| 1241 | // |
| 1242 | |
| 1243 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() |
| 1244 | { |
| 1245 | m_table = NULL; |
| 1246 | m_id = -1; |
| 1247 | m_comInt1 = -1; |
| 1248 | m_comInt2 = -1; |
| 1249 | } |
| 1250 | |
| 1251 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, |
| 1252 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) |
| 1253 | { |
| 1254 | m_table = table; |
| 1255 | m_id = id; |
| 1256 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; |
| 1257 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; |
| 1258 | } |
| 1259 | |
| 1260 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 1261 | // |
| 1262 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will |
| 1263 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. |
| 1264 | // |
| 1265 | |
| 1266 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) |
| 1267 | |
| 1268 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) |
| 1269 | |
| 1270 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() |
| 1271 | : wxGridTableBase() |
| 1272 | { |
| 1273 | m_numCols = 0; |
| 1274 | } |
| 1275 | |
| 1276 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) |
| 1277 | : wxGridTableBase() |
| 1278 | { |
| 1279 | m_numCols = numCols; |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | wxArrayString sa; |
| 1284 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); |
| 1285 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); |
| 1286 | |
| 1287 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); |
| 1288 | } |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) |
| 1291 | { |
| 1292 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) && |
| 1293 | (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()), |
| 1294 | wxEmptyString, |
| 1295 | wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 | return m_data[row][col]; |
| 1298 | } |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) |
| 1301 | { |
| 1302 | wxCHECK_RET( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) && |
| 1303 | (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()), |
| 1304 | wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); |
| 1305 | |
| 1306 | m_data[row][col] = value; |
| 1307 | } |
| 1308 | |
| 1309 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() |
| 1310 | { |
| 1311 | int row, col; |
| 1312 | int numRows, numCols; |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 1315 | if ( numRows > 0 ) |
| 1316 | { |
| 1317 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); |
| 1318 | |
| 1319 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) |
| 1320 | { |
| 1321 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) |
| 1322 | { |
| 1323 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; |
| 1324 | } |
| 1325 | } |
| 1326 | } |
| 1327 | } |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) |
| 1330 | { |
| 1331 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 1332 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : |
| 1333 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); |
| 1334 | |
| 1335 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) |
| 1336 | { |
| 1337 | return AppendRows( numRows ); |
| 1338 | } |
| 1339 | |
| 1340 | wxArrayString sa; |
| 1341 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); |
| 1342 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); |
| 1343 | m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows ); |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 1346 | { |
| 1347 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 1348 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, |
| 1349 | pos, |
| 1350 | numRows ); |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 1353 | } |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | return true; |
| 1356 | } |
| 1357 | |
| 1358 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) |
| 1359 | { |
| 1360 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 1361 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 |
| 1362 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() |
| 1363 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 | wxArrayString sa; |
| 1366 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) |
| 1367 | { |
| 1368 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); |
| 1369 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); |
| 1370 | } |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); |
| 1373 | |
| 1374 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 1375 | { |
| 1376 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 1377 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, |
| 1378 | numRows ); |
| 1379 | |
| 1380 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 1381 | } |
| 1382 | |
| 1383 | return true; |
| 1384 | } |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) |
| 1387 | { |
| 1388 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) |
| 1391 | { |
| 1392 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format |
| 1393 | ( |
| 1394 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"), |
| 1395 | (unsigned long)pos, |
| 1396 | (unsigned long)numRows, |
| 1397 | (unsigned long)curNumRows |
| 1398 | ) ); |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 | return false; |
| 1401 | } |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) |
| 1404 | { |
| 1405 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; |
| 1406 | } |
| 1407 | |
| 1408 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) |
| 1409 | { |
| 1410 | m_data.Clear(); |
| 1411 | } |
| 1412 | else |
| 1413 | { |
| 1414 | m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); |
| 1415 | } |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 1418 | { |
| 1419 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 1420 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, |
| 1421 | pos, |
| 1422 | numRows ); |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 1425 | } |
| 1426 | |
| 1427 | return true; |
| 1428 | } |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) |
| 1431 | { |
| 1432 | size_t row, col; |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 1435 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 |
| 1436 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() |
| 1437 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) |
| 1440 | { |
| 1441 | return AppendCols( numCols ); |
| 1442 | } |
| 1443 | |
| 1444 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) |
| 1445 | { |
| 1446 | m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols ); |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 | size_t i; |
| 1449 | for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ ) |
| 1450 | m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i ); |
| 1451 | } |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) |
| 1454 | { |
| 1455 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) |
| 1456 | { |
| 1457 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); |
| 1458 | } |
| 1459 | } |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 | m_numCols += numCols; |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 1464 | { |
| 1465 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 1466 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, |
| 1467 | pos, |
| 1468 | numCols ); |
| 1469 | |
| 1470 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 1471 | } |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 | return true; |
| 1474 | } |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) |
| 1477 | { |
| 1478 | size_t row; |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) |
| 1483 | { |
| 1484 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); |
| 1485 | } |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 | m_numCols += numCols; |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 1490 | { |
| 1491 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 1492 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, |
| 1493 | numCols ); |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 1496 | } |
| 1497 | |
| 1498 | return true; |
| 1499 | } |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) |
| 1502 | { |
| 1503 | size_t row; |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 1506 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : |
| 1507 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) |
| 1510 | { |
| 1511 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format |
| 1512 | ( |
| 1513 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"), |
| 1514 | (unsigned long)pos, |
| 1515 | (unsigned long)numCols, |
| 1516 | (unsigned long)curNumCols |
| 1517 | ) ); |
| 1518 | return false; |
| 1519 | } |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | int colID; |
| 1522 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 1523 | colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos ); |
| 1524 | else |
| 1525 | colID = pos; |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID ) |
| 1528 | { |
| 1529 | numCols = curNumCols - colID; |
| 1530 | } |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) |
| 1533 | { |
| 1534 | // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only |
| 1535 | // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one |
| 1536 | // element and not numCols, so account for it |
| 1537 | int numRemaining = m_colLabels.size() - colID; |
| 1538 | if (numRemaining > 0) |
| 1539 | m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, wxMin(numCols, numRemaining) ); |
| 1540 | } |
| 1541 | |
| 1542 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) |
| 1543 | { |
| 1544 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) |
| 1545 | { |
| 1546 | m_data[row].Clear(); |
| 1547 | } |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 | m_numCols = 0; |
| 1550 | } |
| 1551 | else // something will be left |
| 1552 | { |
| 1553 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) |
| 1554 | { |
| 1555 | m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols ); |
| 1556 | } |
| 1557 | |
| 1558 | m_numCols -= numCols; |
| 1559 | } |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 1562 | { |
| 1563 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 1564 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, |
| 1565 | pos, |
| 1566 | numCols ); |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 1569 | } |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 | return true; |
| 1572 | } |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) |
| 1575 | { |
| 1576 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) |
| 1577 | { |
| 1578 | // using default label |
| 1579 | // |
| 1580 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); |
| 1581 | } |
| 1582 | else |
| 1583 | { |
| 1584 | return m_rowLabels[row]; |
| 1585 | } |
| 1586 | } |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) |
| 1589 | { |
| 1590 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) |
| 1591 | { |
| 1592 | // using default label |
| 1593 | // |
| 1594 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); |
| 1595 | } |
| 1596 | else |
| 1597 | { |
| 1598 | return m_colLabels[col]; |
| 1599 | } |
| 1600 | } |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) |
| 1603 | { |
| 1604 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) |
| 1605 | { |
| 1606 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); |
| 1607 | int i; |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) |
| 1610 | { |
| 1611 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); |
| 1612 | } |
| 1613 | } |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; |
| 1616 | } |
| 1617 | |
| 1618 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) |
| 1619 | { |
| 1620 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) |
| 1621 | { |
| 1622 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); |
| 1623 | int i; |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) |
| 1626 | { |
| 1627 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); |
| 1628 | } |
| 1629 | } |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 | m_colLabels[col] = value; |
| 1632 | } |
| 1633 | |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 1636 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow) |
| 1639 | EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost) |
| 1640 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 | void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) |
| 1643 | { |
| 1644 | m_owner->CancelMouseCapture(); |
| 1645 | } |
| 1646 | |
| 1647 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) |
| 1648 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) |
| 1649 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) |
| 1650 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) |
| 1651 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 1654 | { |
| 1655 | wxPaintDC dc(this); |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin |
| 1658 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to |
| 1659 | // set the y coord - MB |
| 1660 | // |
| 1661 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 | int x, y; |
| 1664 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); |
| 1665 | wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); |
| 1666 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y ); |
| 1667 | |
| 1668 | wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); |
| 1669 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows ); |
| 1670 | } |
| 1671 | |
| 1672 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 1673 | { |
| 1674 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); |
| 1675 | } |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 1678 | { |
| 1679 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event )) |
| 1680 | event.Skip(); |
| 1681 | } |
| 1682 | |
| 1683 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) |
| 1686 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) |
| 1687 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) |
| 1688 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) |
| 1689 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 1690 | |
| 1691 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 1692 | { |
| 1693 | wxPaintDC dc(this); |
| 1694 | |
| 1695 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin |
| 1696 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to |
| 1697 | // set the x coord - MB |
| 1698 | // |
| 1699 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 | int x, y; |
| 1702 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); |
| 1703 | wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); |
| 1704 | if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) |
| 1705 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y ); |
| 1706 | else |
| 1707 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y ); |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); |
| 1710 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols ); |
| 1711 | } |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 1714 | { |
| 1715 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); |
| 1716 | } |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 1719 | { |
| 1720 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event )) |
| 1721 | event.Skip(); |
| 1722 | } |
| 1723 | |
| 1724 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) |
| 1727 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) |
| 1728 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) |
| 1729 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint ) |
| 1730 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 1733 | { |
| 1734 | wxPaintDC dc(this); |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | m_owner->DrawCornerLabel(dc); |
| 1737 | } |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 1740 | { |
| 1741 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); |
| 1742 | } |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 1745 | { |
| 1746 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) |
| 1747 | event.Skip(); |
| 1748 | } |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) |
| 1753 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) |
| 1754 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel ) |
| 1755 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) |
| 1756 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) |
| 1757 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) |
| 1758 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar ) |
| 1759 | EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) |
| 1760 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) |
| 1761 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) |
| 1762 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 1763 | |
| 1764 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 1765 | { |
| 1766 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); |
| 1767 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 1768 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); |
| 1769 | wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); |
| 1770 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells ); |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells ); |
| 1777 | } |
| 1778 | |
| 1779 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) |
| 1780 | { |
| 1781 | wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); |
| 1782 | m_owner->GetGridRowLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); |
| 1783 | m_owner->GetGridColLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); |
| 1784 | } |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 1787 | { |
| 1788 | if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this) |
| 1789 | SetFocus(); |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); |
| 1792 | } |
| 1793 | |
| 1794 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 1795 | { |
| 1796 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event )) |
| 1797 | event.Skip(); |
| 1798 | } |
| 1799 | |
| 1800 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse |
| 1801 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events |
| 1802 | // |
| 1803 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 1804 | { |
| 1805 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) |
| 1806 | event.Skip(); |
| 1807 | } |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 1810 | { |
| 1811 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) |
| 1812 | event.Skip(); |
| 1813 | } |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 | void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 1816 | { |
| 1817 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) |
| 1818 | event.Skip(); |
| 1819 | } |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 1822 | { |
| 1823 | } |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 | void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) |
| 1826 | { |
| 1827 | // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it |
| 1828 | // uses different colour when the grid is not focused: |
| 1829 | if ( m_owner->IsSelection() ) |
| 1830 | { |
| 1831 | Refresh(); |
| 1832 | } |
| 1833 | else |
| 1834 | { |
| 1835 | // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other |
| 1836 | // branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling |
| 1837 | // Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if |
| 1838 | // !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh |
| 1839 | // only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else" |
| 1840 | // branch so that it's always executed. |
| 1841 | |
| 1842 | // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change: |
| 1843 | const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(), |
| 1844 | m_owner->GetGridCursorCol()); |
| 1845 | const wxRect cursor = |
| 1846 | m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords); |
| 1847 | Refresh(true, &cursor); |
| 1848 | } |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) |
| 1851 | event.Skip(); |
| 1852 | } |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 | #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true) |
| 1855 | #define internalYToRow(y) YToRow(y, true) |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) |
| 1860 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) |
| 1861 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) |
| 1862 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) |
| 1863 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) |
| 1864 | EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar ) |
| 1865 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) |
| 1866 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 | bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, |
| 1869 | const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, |
| 1870 | long style, const wxString& name) |
| 1871 | { |
| 1872 | if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, |
| 1873 | style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name)) |
| 1874 | return false; |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 | m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); |
| 1877 | m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 | Create(); |
| 1880 | SetInitialSize(size); |
| 1881 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | return true; |
| 1884 | } |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() |
| 1887 | { |
| 1888 | if ( m_winCapture ) |
| 1889 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 | // Ensure that the editor control is destroyed before the grid is, |
| 1892 | // otherwise we crash later when the editor tries to do something with the |
| 1893 | // half destroyed grid |
| 1894 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 1895 | |
| 1896 | // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler |
| 1897 | SetTargetWindow(this); |
| 1898 | ClearAttrCache(); |
| 1899 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 1902 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; |
| 1903 | wxPrintf(wxT("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " |
| 1904 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), |
| 1905 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, |
| 1906 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); |
| 1907 | #endif |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 | // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it |
| 1910 | // with dangling view pointer |
| 1911 | if ( m_ownTable ) |
| 1912 | delete m_table; |
| 1913 | else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this ) |
| 1914 | m_table->SetView(NULL); |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 | delete m_typeRegistry; |
| 1917 | delete m_selection; |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 | delete m_setFixedRows; |
| 1920 | delete m_setFixedCols; |
| 1921 | } |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 | // |
| 1924 | // ----- internal init and update functions |
| 1925 | // |
| 1926 | |
| 1927 | // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can |
| 1928 | // be removed as well as the #else cases below. |
| 1929 | #define _USE_VISATTR 0 |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | void wxGrid::Create() |
| 1932 | { |
| 1933 | // create the type registry |
| 1934 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; |
| 1935 | |
| 1936 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; |
| 1937 | |
| 1938 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr(); |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 | // Set default cell attributes |
| 1941 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); |
| 1942 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default); |
| 1943 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); |
| 1944 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); |
| 1945 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); |
| 1946 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | #if _USE_VISATTR |
| 1949 | wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); |
| 1950 | wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg); |
| 1953 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg); |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 | #else |
| 1956 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( |
| 1957 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); |
| 1958 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( |
| 1959 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); |
| 1960 | #endif |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 | m_numRows = 0; |
| 1963 | m_numCols = 0; |
| 1964 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid |
| 1967 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow(this); |
| 1968 | CreateColumnWindow(); |
| 1969 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow(this); |
| 1970 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this ); |
| 1971 | |
| 1972 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 | #if _USE_VISATTR |
| 1975 | wxColour gfg = gva.colFg; |
| 1976 | wxColour gbg = gva.colBg; |
| 1977 | wxColour lfg = lva.colFg; |
| 1978 | wxColour lbg = lva.colBg; |
| 1979 | #else |
| 1980 | wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); |
| 1981 | wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW ); |
| 1982 | wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); |
| 1983 | wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE ); |
| 1984 | #endif |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); |
| 1987 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); |
| 1988 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); |
| 1989 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); |
| 1990 | m_colWindow->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); |
| 1991 | m_colWindow->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 | m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg); |
| 1994 | m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg); |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); |
| 1997 | m_labelTextColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetForegroundColour(); |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 | // now that we have the grid window, use its font to compute the default |
| 2000 | // row height |
| 2001 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); |
| 2002 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() |
| 2003 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; |
| 2004 | #else |
| 2005 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; |
| 2006 | #endif |
| 2007 | |
| 2008 | } |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 | void wxGrid::CreateColumnWindow() |
| 2011 | { |
| 2012 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) |
| 2013 | { |
| 2014 | m_colWindow = new wxGridHeaderCtrl(this); |
| 2015 | m_colLabelHeight = m_colWindow->GetBestSize().y; |
| 2016 | } |
| 2017 | else // draw labels ourselves |
| 2018 | { |
| 2019 | m_colWindow = new wxGridColLabelWindow(this); |
| 2020 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; |
| 2021 | } |
| 2022 | } |
| 2023 | |
| 2024 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, |
| 2025 | wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) |
| 2026 | { |
| 2027 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, |
| 2028 | false, |
| 2029 | wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | return SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode); |
| 2032 | } |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode) |
| 2035 | { |
| 2036 | wxCHECK_RET( m_created, |
| 2037 | wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); |
| 2040 | } |
| 2041 | |
| 2042 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const |
| 2043 | { |
| 2044 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGridSelectCells, |
| 2045 | wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 | return m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); |
| 2048 | } |
| 2049 | |
| 2050 | bool |
| 2051 | wxGrid::SetTable(wxGridTableBase *table, |
| 2052 | bool takeOwnership, |
| 2053 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) |
| 2054 | { |
| 2055 | bool checkSelection = false; |
| 2056 | if ( m_created ) |
| 2057 | { |
| 2058 | // stop all processing |
| 2059 | m_created = false; |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 | if (m_table) |
| 2062 | { |
| 2063 | m_table->SetView(0); |
| 2064 | if( m_ownTable ) |
| 2065 | delete m_table; |
| 2066 | m_table = NULL; |
| 2067 | } |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 | wxDELETE(m_selection); |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 | m_ownTable = false; |
| 2072 | m_numRows = 0; |
| 2073 | m_numCols = 0; |
| 2074 | checkSelection = true; |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 | // kill row and column size arrays |
| 2077 | m_colWidths.Empty(); |
| 2078 | m_colRights.Empty(); |
| 2079 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); |
| 2080 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); |
| 2081 | } |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 | if (table) |
| 2084 | { |
| 2085 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); |
| 2086 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) |
| 2089 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | m_table = table; |
| 2092 | m_table->SetView( this ); |
| 2093 | m_ownTable = takeOwnership; |
| 2094 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); |
| 2095 | if (checkSelection) |
| 2096 | { |
| 2097 | // If the newly set table is smaller than the |
| 2098 | // original one current cell and selection regions |
| 2099 | // might be invalid, |
| 2100 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 2101 | m_currentCellCoords = |
| 2102 | wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()), |
| 2103 | wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol())); |
| 2104 | if (m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows || |
| 2105 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols) |
| 2106 | { |
| 2107 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 2108 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 2109 | } |
| 2110 | else |
| 2111 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = |
| 2112 | wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, |
| 2113 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow()), |
| 2114 | wxMin(m_numCols, |
| 2115 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol())); |
| 2116 | } |
| 2117 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 | m_created = true; |
| 2120 | } |
| 2121 | |
| 2122 | return m_created; |
| 2123 | } |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 | void wxGrid::Init() |
| 2126 | { |
| 2127 | m_created = false; |
| 2128 | |
| 2129 | m_cornerLabelWin = NULL; |
| 2130 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; |
| 2131 | m_colWindow = NULL; |
| 2132 | m_gridWin = NULL; |
| 2133 | |
| 2134 | m_table = NULL; |
| 2135 | m_ownTable = false; |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | m_selection = NULL; |
| 2138 | m_defaultCellAttr = NULL; |
| 2139 | m_typeRegistry = NULL; |
| 2140 | m_winCapture = NULL; |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; |
| 2143 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 | m_setFixedRows = |
| 2146 | m_setFixedCols = NULL; |
| 2147 | |
| 2148 | // init attr cache |
| 2149 | m_attrCache.row = -1; |
| 2150 | m_attrCache.col = -1; |
| 2151 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | m_labelFont = GetFont(); |
| 2154 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD ); |
| 2155 | |
| 2156 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; |
| 2157 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; |
| 2158 | |
| 2159 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; |
| 2160 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; |
| 2161 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL; |
| 2162 | |
| 2163 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; |
| 2164 | m_defaultRowHeight = 0; // this will be initialized after creation |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; |
| 2167 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; |
| 2168 | |
| 2169 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 ); |
| 2170 | m_gridLinesEnabled = true; |
| 2171 | m_gridLinesClipHorz = |
| 2172 | m_gridLinesClipVert = true; |
| 2173 | m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK; |
| 2174 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2; |
| 2175 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1; |
| 2176 | |
| 2177 | m_canDragColMove = false; |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; |
| 2180 | m_winCapture = NULL; |
| 2181 | m_canDragRowSize = true; |
| 2182 | m_canDragColSize = true; |
| 2183 | m_canDragGridSize = true; |
| 2184 | m_canDragCell = false; |
| 2185 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 2186 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; |
| 2187 | m_isDragging = false; |
| 2188 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 | m_sortCol = wxNOT_FOUND; |
| 2191 | m_sortIsAscending = true; |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 | m_useNativeHeader = |
| 2194 | m_nativeColumnLabels = false; |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); |
| 2199 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = |
| 2204 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = |
| 2205 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); |
| 2208 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | m_editable = true; // default for whole grid |
| 2211 | |
| 2212 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; |
| 2213 | m_batchCount = 0; |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 | m_extraWidth = |
| 2216 | m_extraHeight = 0; |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 | // we can't call SetScrollRate() as the window isn't created yet but OTOH |
| 2219 | // we don't need to call it neither as the scroll position is (0, 0) right |
| 2220 | // now anyhow, so just set the parameters directly |
| 2221 | m_xScrollPixelsPerLine = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; |
| 2222 | m_yScrollPixelsPerLine = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; |
| 2223 | } |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2226 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create |
| 2227 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if |
| 2228 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these |
| 2229 | // arrays at all |
| 2230 | // |
| 2231 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights |
| 2232 | // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but |
| 2233 | // this is not done currently |
| 2234 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() |
| 2237 | { |
| 2238 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); |
| 2239 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); |
| 2240 | |
| 2241 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); |
| 2242 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows ); |
| 2245 | |
| 2246 | int rowBottom = 0; |
| 2247 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 2248 | { |
| 2249 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; |
| 2250 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); |
| 2251 | } |
| 2252 | } |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() |
| 2255 | { |
| 2256 | m_colWidths.Empty(); |
| 2257 | m_colRights.Empty(); |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); |
| 2260 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols ); |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) |
| 2265 | { |
| 2266 | int colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth; |
| 2267 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); |
| 2268 | } |
| 2269 | } |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const |
| 2272 | { |
| 2273 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; |
| 2274 | } |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const |
| 2277 | { |
| 2278 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth |
| 2279 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; |
| 2280 | } |
| 2281 | |
| 2282 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const |
| 2283 | { |
| 2284 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth |
| 2285 | : m_colRights[col]; |
| 2286 | } |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const |
| 2289 | { |
| 2290 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; |
| 2291 | } |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const |
| 2294 | { |
| 2295 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight |
| 2296 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; |
| 2297 | } |
| 2298 | |
| 2299 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const |
| 2300 | { |
| 2301 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight |
| 2302 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; |
| 2303 | } |
| 2304 | |
| 2305 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() |
| 2306 | { |
| 2307 | // compute the size of the scrollable area |
| 2308 | int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0; |
| 2309 | int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; |
| 2310 | |
| 2311 | w += m_extraWidth; |
| 2312 | h += m_extraHeight; |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 | // take into account editor if shown |
| 2315 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) |
| 2316 | { |
| 2317 | int w2, h2; |
| 2318 | int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 2319 | int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 2320 | int x = GetColLeft(c); |
| 2321 | int y = GetRowTop(r); |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 | // how big is the editor |
| 2324 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c); |
| 2325 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c); |
| 2326 | editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2); |
| 2327 | w2 += x; |
| 2328 | h2 += y; |
| 2329 | if ( w2 > w ) |
| 2330 | w = w2; |
| 2331 | if ( h2 > h ) |
| 2332 | h = h2; |
| 2333 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 2334 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 2335 | } |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 | // preserve (more or less) the previous position |
| 2338 | int x, y; |
| 2339 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); |
| 2340 | |
| 2341 | // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges |
| 2342 | if ( x >= w ) |
| 2343 | x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 ); |
| 2344 | if ( y >= h ) |
| 2345 | y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 ); |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 | // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it |
| 2348 | m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h); |
| 2349 | Scroll(x, y); |
| 2350 | AdjustScrollbars(); |
| 2351 | |
| 2352 | // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we |
| 2353 | // still must reposition the children |
| 2354 | CalcWindowSizes(); |
| 2355 | } |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size) |
| 2358 | { |
| 2359 | wxSize sizeGridWin(size); |
| 2360 | sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 2361 | sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight; |
| 2362 | |
| 2363 | return sizeGridWin; |
| 2364 | } |
| 2365 | |
| 2366 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() |
| 2367 | { |
| 2368 | // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet |
| 2369 | |
| 2370 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL ) |
| 2371 | return; |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 | int cw, ch; |
| 2374 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 | // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't |
| 2377 | // size the windows to negative sizes in this case |
| 2378 | int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 2379 | int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight; |
| 2380 | if (gw < 0) |
| 2381 | gw = 0; |
| 2382 | if (gh < 0) |
| 2383 | gh = 0; |
| 2384 | |
| 2385 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) |
| 2386 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); |
| 2387 | |
| 2388 | if ( m_colWindow && m_colWindow->IsShown() ) |
| 2389 | m_colWindow->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight ); |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 | if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) |
| 2392 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh ); |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 | if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() ) |
| 2395 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh ); |
| 2396 | } |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message |
| 2399 | // to indicate that it has been redimensioned |
| 2400 | // |
| 2401 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) |
| 2402 | { |
| 2403 | int i; |
| 2404 | bool result = false; |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different |
| 2407 | // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns. |
| 2408 | ClearAttrCache(); |
| 2409 | |
| 2410 | // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are |
| 2411 | // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be |
| 2412 | // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes. |
| 2413 | // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the |
| 2414 | // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist. |
| 2415 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 2416 | |
| 2417 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) |
| 2418 | { |
| 2419 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: |
| 2420 | { |
| 2421 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 2422 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); |
| 2423 | |
| 2424 | m_numRows += numRows; |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) |
| 2427 | { |
| 2428 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows ); |
| 2429 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows ); |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 | int bottom = 0; |
| 2432 | if ( pos > 0 ) |
| 2433 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1]; |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 2436 | { |
| 2437 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; |
| 2438 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; |
| 2439 | } |
| 2440 | } |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 2443 | { |
| 2444 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current |
| 2445 | // cell will be undefined... |
| 2446 | // |
| 2447 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); |
| 2448 | } |
| 2449 | |
| 2450 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 2451 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); |
| 2452 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); |
| 2453 | if (attrProvider) |
| 2454 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); |
| 2455 | |
| 2456 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 2457 | { |
| 2458 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 2459 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 2460 | } |
| 2461 | } |
| 2462 | result = true; |
| 2463 | break; |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: |
| 2466 | { |
| 2467 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 2468 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; |
| 2469 | m_numRows += numRows; |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) |
| 2472 | { |
| 2473 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows ); |
| 2474 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows ); |
| 2475 | |
| 2476 | int bottom = 0; |
| 2477 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) |
| 2478 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1]; |
| 2479 | |
| 2480 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 2481 | { |
| 2482 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; |
| 2483 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; |
| 2484 | } |
| 2485 | } |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 2488 | { |
| 2489 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current |
| 2490 | // cell will be undefined... |
| 2491 | // |
| 2492 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); |
| 2493 | } |
| 2494 | |
| 2495 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 2496 | { |
| 2497 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 2498 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 2499 | } |
| 2500 | } |
| 2501 | result = true; |
| 2502 | break; |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: |
| 2505 | { |
| 2506 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 2507 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); |
| 2508 | m_numRows -= numRows; |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) |
| 2511 | { |
| 2512 | m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); |
| 2513 | m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 | int h = 0; |
| 2516 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 2517 | { |
| 2518 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; |
| 2519 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; |
| 2520 | } |
| 2521 | } |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 | if ( !m_numRows ) |
| 2524 | { |
| 2525 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 2526 | } |
| 2527 | else |
| 2528 | { |
| 2529 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) |
| 2530 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); |
| 2531 | } |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 2534 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); |
| 2535 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); |
| 2536 | if (attrProvider) |
| 2537 | { |
| 2538 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans |
| 2541 | #if 0 |
| 2542 | // No need to touch column attributes, unless we |
| 2543 | // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove |
| 2544 | // all column attributes. |
| 2545 | // I hate to do this here, but the |
| 2546 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. |
| 2547 | if ( !GetNumberRows() ) |
| 2548 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); |
| 2549 | #endif |
| 2550 | } |
| 2551 | |
| 2552 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 2553 | { |
| 2554 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 2555 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 2556 | } |
| 2557 | } |
| 2558 | result = true; |
| 2559 | break; |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: |
| 2562 | { |
| 2563 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 2564 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); |
| 2565 | m_numCols += numCols; |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) |
| 2568 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) |
| 2571 | { |
| 2572 | //Shift the column IDs |
| 2573 | int i; |
| 2574 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ ) |
| 2575 | { |
| 2576 | if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos ) |
| 2577 | m_colAt[i] += numCols; |
| 2578 | } |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols ); |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 | //Set the new columns' positions |
| 2583 | for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ ) |
| 2584 | { |
| 2585 | m_colAt[i] = i; |
| 2586 | } |
| 2587 | } |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 2590 | { |
| 2591 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols ); |
| 2592 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols ); |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 | int right = 0; |
| 2595 | if ( pos > 0 ) |
| 2596 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )]; |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 | int colPos; |
| 2599 | for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 2600 | { |
| 2601 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 | right += m_colWidths[i]; |
| 2604 | m_colRights[i] = right; |
| 2605 | } |
| 2606 | } |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 2609 | { |
| 2610 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current |
| 2611 | // cell will be undefined... |
| 2612 | // |
| 2613 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); |
| 2614 | } |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 2617 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); |
| 2618 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); |
| 2619 | if (attrProvider) |
| 2620 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); |
| 2621 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 2622 | { |
| 2623 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 2624 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); |
| 2625 | } |
| 2626 | } |
| 2627 | result = true; |
| 2628 | break; |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: |
| 2631 | { |
| 2632 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 2633 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; |
| 2634 | m_numCols += numCols; |
| 2635 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) |
| 2636 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) |
| 2639 | { |
| 2640 | m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols ); |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 | //Set the new columns' positions |
| 2643 | int i; |
| 2644 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) |
| 2645 | { |
| 2646 | m_colAt[i] = i; |
| 2647 | } |
| 2648 | } |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 2651 | { |
| 2652 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols ); |
| 2653 | m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols ); |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 | int right = 0; |
| 2656 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) |
| 2657 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )]; |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 | int colPos; |
| 2660 | for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 2661 | { |
| 2662 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 | right += m_colWidths[i]; |
| 2665 | m_colRights[i] = right; |
| 2666 | } |
| 2667 | } |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 2670 | { |
| 2671 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current |
| 2672 | // cell will be undefined... |
| 2673 | // |
| 2674 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); |
| 2675 | } |
| 2676 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 2677 | { |
| 2678 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 2679 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); |
| 2680 | } |
| 2681 | } |
| 2682 | result = true; |
| 2683 | break; |
| 2684 | |
| 2685 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: |
| 2686 | { |
| 2687 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 2688 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); |
| 2689 | m_numCols -= numCols; |
| 2690 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) |
| 2691 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) |
| 2694 | { |
| 2695 | int colID = GetColAt( pos ); |
| 2696 | |
| 2697 | m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 | //Shift the column IDs |
| 2700 | int colPos; |
| 2701 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 2702 | { |
| 2703 | if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID ) |
| 2704 | m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols; |
| 2705 | } |
| 2706 | } |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 2709 | { |
| 2710 | m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); |
| 2711 | m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | int w = 0; |
| 2714 | int colPos; |
| 2715 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 2716 | { |
| 2717 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 | w += m_colWidths[i]; |
| 2720 | m_colRights[i] = w; |
| 2721 | } |
| 2722 | } |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 | if ( !m_numCols ) |
| 2725 | { |
| 2726 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 2727 | } |
| 2728 | else |
| 2729 | { |
| 2730 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) |
| 2731 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); |
| 2732 | } |
| 2733 | |
| 2734 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 2735 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); |
| 2736 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); |
| 2737 | if (attrProvider) |
| 2738 | { |
| 2739 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans |
| 2742 | #if 0 |
| 2743 | // No need to touch row attributes, unless we |
| 2744 | // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove |
| 2745 | // all row attributes. |
| 2746 | // I hate to do this here, but the |
| 2747 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. |
| 2748 | if ( !GetNumberCols() ) |
| 2749 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); |
| 2750 | #endif |
| 2751 | } |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 2754 | { |
| 2755 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 2756 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); |
| 2757 | } |
| 2758 | } |
| 2759 | result = true; |
| 2760 | break; |
| 2761 | } |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 2764 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 | return result; |
| 2767 | } |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const |
| 2770 | { |
| 2771 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); |
| 2772 | wxRect r; |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 | wxArrayInt rowlabels; |
| 2775 | |
| 2776 | int top, bottom; |
| 2777 | while ( iter ) |
| 2778 | { |
| 2779 | r = iter.GetRect(); |
| 2780 | |
| 2781 | // TODO: remove this when we can... |
| 2782 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update |
| 2783 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the |
| 2784 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around |
| 2785 | // |
| 2786 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 2787 | int cw, ch; |
| 2788 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 2789 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) |
| 2790 | r.SetTop( 0 ); |
| 2791 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); |
| 2792 | #endif |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 | // logical bounds of update region |
| 2795 | // |
| 2796 | int dummy; |
| 2797 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); |
| 2798 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | // find the row labels within these bounds |
| 2801 | // |
| 2802 | int row; |
| 2803 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) |
| 2804 | { |
| 2805 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) |
| 2806 | continue; |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) |
| 2809 | break; |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | rowlabels.Add( row ); |
| 2812 | } |
| 2813 | |
| 2814 | ++iter; |
| 2815 | } |
| 2816 | |
| 2817 | return rowlabels; |
| 2818 | } |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const |
| 2821 | { |
| 2822 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); |
| 2823 | wxRect r; |
| 2824 | |
| 2825 | wxArrayInt colLabels; |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 | int left, right; |
| 2828 | while ( iter ) |
| 2829 | { |
| 2830 | r = iter.GetRect(); |
| 2831 | |
| 2832 | // TODO: remove this when we can... |
| 2833 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update |
| 2834 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the |
| 2835 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around |
| 2836 | // |
| 2837 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 2838 | int cw, ch; |
| 2839 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 2840 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) |
| 2841 | r.SetLeft( 0 ); |
| 2842 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); |
| 2843 | #endif |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 | // logical bounds of update region |
| 2846 | // |
| 2847 | int dummy; |
| 2848 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); |
| 2849 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | // find the cells within these bounds |
| 2852 | // |
| 2853 | int col; |
| 2854 | int colPos; |
| 2855 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 2856 | { |
| 2857 | col = GetColAt( colPos ); |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) |
| 2860 | continue; |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) |
| 2863 | break; |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 | colLabels.Add( col ); |
| 2866 | } |
| 2867 | |
| 2868 | ++iter; |
| 2869 | } |
| 2870 | |
| 2871 | return colLabels; |
| 2872 | } |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const |
| 2875 | { |
| 2876 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); |
| 2877 | wxRect r; |
| 2878 | |
| 2879 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed; |
| 2880 | |
| 2881 | int left, top, right, bottom; |
| 2882 | while ( iter ) |
| 2883 | { |
| 2884 | r = iter.GetRect(); |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 | // TODO: remove this when we can... |
| 2887 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update |
| 2888 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the |
| 2889 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around |
| 2890 | // |
| 2891 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 2892 | int cw, ch; |
| 2893 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 2894 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); |
| 2895 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); |
| 2896 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); |
| 2897 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); |
| 2898 | #endif |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 | // logical bounds of update region |
| 2901 | // |
| 2902 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); |
| 2903 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | // find the cells within these bounds |
| 2906 | wxArrayInt cols; |
| 2907 | for ( int row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) |
| 2908 | { |
| 2909 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) |
| 2910 | continue; |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) |
| 2913 | break; |
| 2914 | |
| 2915 | // add all dirty cells in this row: notice that the columns which |
| 2916 | // are dirty don't depend on the row so we compute them only once |
| 2917 | // for the first dirty row and then reuse for all the next ones |
| 2918 | if ( cols.empty() ) |
| 2919 | { |
| 2920 | // do determine the dirty columns |
| 2921 | for ( int pos = XToPos(left); pos <= XToPos(right); pos++ ) |
| 2922 | cols.push_back(GetColAt(pos)); |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | // if there are no dirty columns at all, nothing to do |
| 2925 | if ( cols.empty() ) |
| 2926 | break; |
| 2927 | } |
| 2928 | |
| 2929 | const size_t count = cols.size(); |
| 2930 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 2931 | cellsExposed.Add(wxGridCellCoords(row, cols[n])); |
| 2932 | } |
| 2933 | |
| 2934 | ++iter; |
| 2935 | } |
| 2936 | |
| 2937 | return cellsExposed; |
| 2938 | } |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 2942 | { |
| 2943 | int x, y, row; |
| 2944 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); |
| 2945 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); |
| 2946 | |
| 2947 | if ( event.Dragging() ) |
| 2948 | { |
| 2949 | if (!m_isDragging) |
| 2950 | { |
| 2951 | m_isDragging = true; |
| 2952 | m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); |
| 2953 | } |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) |
| 2956 | { |
| 2957 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) |
| 2958 | { |
| 2959 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: |
| 2960 | { |
| 2961 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; |
| 2962 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 2963 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 2966 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 2967 | y = wxMax( y, |
| 2968 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + |
| 2969 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); |
| 2970 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); |
| 2971 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 2972 | { |
| 2973 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); |
| 2974 | } |
| 2975 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); |
| 2976 | m_dragLastPos = y; |
| 2977 | } |
| 2978 | break; |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: |
| 2981 | { |
| 2982 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) |
| 2983 | { |
| 2984 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 2985 | m_selection->SelectRow(row, event); |
| 2986 | } |
| 2987 | } |
| 2988 | break; |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value |
| 2991 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch |
| 2992 | default: |
| 2993 | break; |
| 2994 | } |
| 2995 | } |
| 2996 | return; |
| 2997 | } |
| 2998 | |
| 2999 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) |
| 3000 | return; |
| 3001 | |
| 3002 | if (m_isDragging) |
| 3003 | { |
| 3004 | if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) |
| 3005 | m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); |
| 3006 | m_isDragging = false; |
| 3007 | } |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window |
| 3010 | // |
| 3011 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) |
| 3012 | { |
| 3013 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); |
| 3014 | } |
| 3015 | |
| 3016 | // ------------ Left button pressed |
| 3017 | // |
| 3018 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) |
| 3019 | { |
| 3020 | row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); |
| 3021 | if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) ) |
| 3022 | { |
| 3023 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); |
| 3024 | } |
| 3025 | else // not a request to start resizing |
| 3026 | { |
| 3027 | row = YToRow(y); |
| 3028 | if ( row >= 0 && |
| 3029 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) |
| 3030 | { |
| 3031 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) |
| 3032 | ClearSelection(); |
| 3033 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 3034 | { |
| 3035 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) |
| 3036 | { |
| 3037 | m_selection->SelectBlock |
| 3038 | ( |
| 3039 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), 0, |
| 3040 | row, GetNumberCols() - 1, |
| 3041 | event |
| 3042 | ); |
| 3043 | } |
| 3044 | else |
| 3045 | { |
| 3046 | m_selection->SelectRow(row, event); |
| 3047 | } |
| 3048 | } |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); |
| 3051 | } |
| 3052 | } |
| 3053 | } |
| 3054 | |
| 3055 | // ------------ Left double click |
| 3056 | // |
| 3057 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) |
| 3058 | { |
| 3059 | row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); |
| 3060 | if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) ) |
| 3061 | { |
| 3062 | // adjust row height depending on label text |
| 3063 | // |
| 3064 | // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 |
| 3065 | AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row ); |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 | SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, row, -1, event); |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); |
| 3070 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 3071 | } |
| 3072 | else // not on row separator or it's not resizable |
| 3073 | { |
| 3074 | row = YToRow(y); |
| 3075 | if ( row >=0 && |
| 3076 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) |
| 3077 | { |
| 3078 | // no default action at the moment |
| 3079 | } |
| 3080 | } |
| 3081 | } |
| 3082 | |
| 3083 | // ------------ Left button released |
| 3084 | // |
| 3085 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) |
| 3086 | { |
| 3087 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) |
| 3088 | DoEndDragResizeRow(event); |
| 3089 | |
| 3090 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); |
| 3091 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 3092 | } |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 | // ------------ Right button down |
| 3095 | // |
| 3096 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) |
| 3097 | { |
| 3098 | row = YToRow(y); |
| 3099 | if ( row >=0 && |
| 3100 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) |
| 3101 | { |
| 3102 | // no default action at the moment |
| 3103 | } |
| 3104 | } |
| 3105 | |
| 3106 | // ------------ Right double click |
| 3107 | // |
| 3108 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) |
| 3109 | { |
| 3110 | row = YToRow(y); |
| 3111 | if ( row >= 0 && |
| 3112 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) |
| 3113 | { |
| 3114 | // no default action at the moment |
| 3115 | } |
| 3116 | } |
| 3117 | |
| 3118 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving |
| 3119 | // |
| 3120 | else if ( event.Moving() ) |
| 3121 | { |
| 3122 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); |
| 3123 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol != wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 3124 | { |
| 3125 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 3126 | { |
| 3127 | if ( CanDragRowSize(m_dragRowOrCol) ) |
| 3128 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false); |
| 3129 | } |
| 3130 | } |
| 3131 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 3132 | { |
| 3133 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false); |
| 3134 | } |
| 3135 | } |
| 3136 | } |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | void wxGrid::UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(int col) |
| 3139 | { |
| 3140 | wxCHECK_RET( col != wxNOT_FOUND, "invalid column index" ); |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) |
| 3143 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); |
| 3144 | else if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) |
| 3145 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); |
| 3146 | //else: sorting indicator display not yet implemented in grid version |
| 3147 | } |
| 3148 | |
| 3149 | void wxGrid::SetSortingColumn(int col, bool ascending) |
| 3150 | { |
| 3151 | if ( col == m_sortCol ) |
| 3152 | { |
| 3153 | // we are already using this column for sorting (or not sorting at all) |
| 3154 | // but we might still change the sorting order, check for it |
| 3155 | if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND && ascending != m_sortIsAscending ) |
| 3156 | { |
| 3157 | m_sortIsAscending = ascending; |
| 3158 | |
| 3159 | UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol); |
| 3160 | } |
| 3161 | } |
| 3162 | else // we're changing the column used for sorting |
| 3163 | { |
| 3164 | const int sortColOld = m_sortCol; |
| 3165 | |
| 3166 | // change it before updating the column as we want GetSortingColumn() |
| 3167 | // to return the correct new value |
| 3168 | m_sortCol = col; |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 | if ( sortColOld != wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 3171 | UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(sortColOld); |
| 3172 | |
| 3173 | if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 3174 | { |
| 3175 | m_sortIsAscending = ascending; |
| 3176 | UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol); |
| 3177 | } |
| 3178 | } |
| 3179 | } |
| 3180 | |
| 3181 | void wxGrid::DoColHeaderClick(int col) |
| 3182 | { |
| 3183 | // we consider that the grid was resorted if this event is processed and |
| 3184 | // not vetoed |
| 3185 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, -1, col) == 1 ) |
| 3186 | { |
| 3187 | SetSortingColumn(col, IsSortingBy(col) ? !m_sortIsAscending : true); |
| 3188 | Refresh(); |
| 3189 | } |
| 3190 | } |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | void wxGrid::DoStartResizeCol(int col) |
| 3193 | { |
| 3194 | m_dragRowOrCol = col; |
| 3195 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 3196 | DoUpdateResizeColWidth(GetColWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); |
| 3197 | } |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 | void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeCol(int x) |
| 3200 | { |
| 3201 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; |
| 3202 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 3203 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 3206 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); |
| 3209 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); |
| 3210 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 3211 | { |
| 3212 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); |
| 3213 | } |
| 3214 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); |
| 3215 | m_dragLastPos = x; |
| 3216 | } |
| 3217 | |
| 3218 | void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeColWidth(int w) |
| 3219 | { |
| 3220 | DoUpdateResizeCol(GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + w); |
| 3221 | } |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 3224 | { |
| 3225 | int x, y; |
| 3226 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); |
| 3227 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 | int col = XToCol(x); |
| 3230 | if ( event.Dragging() ) |
| 3231 | { |
| 3232 | if (!m_isDragging) |
| 3233 | { |
| 3234 | m_isDragging = true; |
| 3235 | GetColLabelWindow()->CaptureMouse(); |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL && col != -1 ) |
| 3238 | DoStartMoveCol(col); |
| 3239 | } |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) |
| 3242 | { |
| 3243 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) |
| 3244 | { |
| 3245 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: |
| 3246 | DoUpdateResizeCol(x); |
| 3247 | break; |
| 3248 | |
| 3249 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: |
| 3250 | { |
| 3251 | if ( col != -1 ) |
| 3252 | { |
| 3253 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 3254 | m_selection->SelectCol(col, event); |
| 3255 | } |
| 3256 | } |
| 3257 | break; |
| 3258 | |
| 3259 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: |
| 3260 | { |
| 3261 | int posNew = XToPos(x); |
| 3262 | int colNew = GetColAt(posNew); |
| 3263 | |
| 3264 | // determine the position of the drop marker |
| 3265 | int markerX; |
| 3266 | if ( x >= GetColLeft(colNew) + (GetColWidth(colNew) / 2) ) |
| 3267 | markerX = GetColRight(colNew); |
| 3268 | else |
| 3269 | markerX = GetColLeft(colNew); |
| 3270 | |
| 3271 | if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos ) |
| 3272 | { |
| 3273 | wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() ); |
| 3274 | DoPrepareDC(dc); |
| 3275 | |
| 3276 | int cw, ch; |
| 3277 | GetColLabelWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 | markerX++; |
| 3280 | |
| 3281 | //Clean up the last indicator |
| 3282 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 3283 | { |
| 3284 | wxPen pen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 ); |
| 3285 | dc.SetPen(pen); |
| 3286 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch ); |
| 3287 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); |
| 3288 | |
| 3289 | if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 ) |
| 3290 | DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) ); |
| 3291 | } |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | const wxColour *color; |
| 3294 | //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker |
| 3295 | if ( colNew == m_dragRowOrCol ) |
| 3296 | color = wxLIGHT_GREY; |
| 3297 | else |
| 3298 | color = wxBLUE; |
| 3299 | |
| 3300 | //Draw the marker |
| 3301 | wxPen pen( *color, 2 ); |
| 3302 | dc.SetPen(pen); |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 | dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch ); |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 | m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1; |
| 3309 | } |
| 3310 | } |
| 3311 | break; |
| 3312 | |
| 3313 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value |
| 3314 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch |
| 3315 | default: |
| 3316 | break; |
| 3317 | } |
| 3318 | } |
| 3319 | return; |
| 3320 | } |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) |
| 3323 | return; |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 | if (m_isDragging) |
| 3326 | { |
| 3327 | if (GetColLabelWindow()->HasCapture()) |
| 3328 | GetColLabelWindow()->ReleaseMouse(); |
| 3329 | m_isDragging = false; |
| 3330 | } |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window |
| 3333 | // |
| 3334 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) |
| 3335 | { |
| 3336 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); |
| 3337 | } |
| 3338 | |
| 3339 | // ------------ Left button pressed |
| 3340 | // |
| 3341 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) |
| 3342 | { |
| 3343 | int col = XToEdgeOfCol(x); |
| 3344 | if ( col != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragColSize(col) ) |
| 3345 | { |
| 3346 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow()); |
| 3347 | } |
| 3348 | else // not a request to start resizing |
| 3349 | { |
| 3350 | col = XToCol(x); |
| 3351 | if ( col >= 0 && |
| 3352 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) |
| 3353 | { |
| 3354 | if ( m_canDragColMove ) |
| 3355 | { |
| 3356 | //Show button as pressed |
| 3357 | wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() ); |
| 3358 | int colLeft = GetColLeft( col ); |
| 3359 | int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1; |
| 3360 | dc.SetPen( wxPen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) ); |
| 3361 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); |
| 3362 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); |
| 3363 | |
| 3364 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, GetColLabelWindow()); |
| 3365 | } |
| 3366 | else |
| 3367 | { |
| 3368 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) |
| 3369 | ClearSelection(); |
| 3370 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 3371 | { |
| 3372 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) |
| 3373 | { |
| 3374 | m_selection->SelectBlock |
| 3375 | ( |
| 3376 | 0, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), |
| 3377 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, |
| 3378 | event |
| 3379 | ); |
| 3380 | } |
| 3381 | else |
| 3382 | { |
| 3383 | m_selection->SelectCol(col, event); |
| 3384 | } |
| 3385 | } |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, GetColLabelWindow()); |
| 3388 | } |
| 3389 | } |
| 3390 | } |
| 3391 | } |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 | // ------------ Left double click |
| 3394 | // |
| 3395 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) |
| 3396 | { |
| 3397 | const int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x); |
| 3398 | if ( colEdge == -1 ) |
| 3399 | { |
| 3400 | if ( col >= 0 && |
| 3401 | ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) |
| 3402 | { |
| 3403 | // no default action at the moment |
| 3404 | } |
| 3405 | } |
| 3406 | else |
| 3407 | { |
| 3408 | // adjust column width depending on label text |
| 3409 | // |
| 3410 | // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 |
| 3411 | AutoSizeColLabelSize( colEdge ); |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 | SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, colEdge, event); |
| 3414 | |
| 3415 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); |
| 3416 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 3417 | } |
| 3418 | } |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 | // ------------ Left button released |
| 3421 | // |
| 3422 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) |
| 3423 | { |
| 3424 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) |
| 3425 | { |
| 3426 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: |
| 3427 | DoEndDragResizeCol(event); |
| 3428 | break; |
| 3429 | |
| 3430 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: |
| 3431 | if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 || col == m_dragRowOrCol ) |
| 3432 | { |
| 3433 | // the column didn't actually move anywhere |
| 3434 | if ( col != -1 ) |
| 3435 | DoColHeaderClick(col); |
| 3436 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); // "unpress" the column |
| 3437 | } |
| 3438 | else |
| 3439 | { |
| 3440 | // get the position of the column we're over |
| 3441 | int pos = XToPos(x); |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 | // we may need to adjust the drop position but don't bother |
| 3444 | // checking for it if we can't anyhow |
| 3445 | if ( pos > 1 ) |
| 3446 | { |
| 3447 | // also find the index of the column we're over: notice |
| 3448 | // that the existing "col" variable may be invalid but |
| 3449 | // we need a valid one here |
| 3450 | const int colValid = GetColAt(pos); |
| 3451 | |
| 3452 | // if we're on the "near" (usually left but right in |
| 3453 | // RTL case) part of the column, the actual position we |
| 3454 | // should be placed in is actually the one before it |
| 3455 | bool onNearPart; |
| 3456 | const int middle = GetColLeft(colValid) + |
| 3457 | GetColWidth(colValid)/2; |
| 3458 | if ( GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_LeftToRight ) |
| 3459 | onNearPart = (x <= middle); |
| 3460 | else // wxLayout_RightToLeft |
| 3461 | onNearPart = (x > middle); |
| 3462 | |
| 3463 | if ( onNearPart ) |
| 3464 | pos--; |
| 3465 | } |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 | DoEndMoveCol(pos); |
| 3468 | } |
| 3469 | break; |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: |
| 3472 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: |
| 3473 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: |
| 3474 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: |
| 3475 | if ( col != -1 ) |
| 3476 | DoColHeaderClick(col); |
| 3477 | break; |
| 3478 | } |
| 3479 | |
| 3480 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); |
| 3481 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 3482 | } |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 | // ------------ Right button down |
| 3485 | // |
| 3486 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) |
| 3487 | { |
| 3488 | if ( col >= 0 && |
| 3489 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) |
| 3490 | { |
| 3491 | // no default action at the moment |
| 3492 | } |
| 3493 | } |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 | // ------------ Right double click |
| 3496 | // |
| 3497 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) |
| 3498 | { |
| 3499 | if ( col >= 0 && |
| 3500 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) |
| 3501 | { |
| 3502 | // no default action at the moment |
| 3503 | } |
| 3504 | } |
| 3505 | |
| 3506 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving |
| 3507 | // |
| 3508 | else if ( event.Moving() ) |
| 3509 | { |
| 3510 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); |
| 3511 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) |
| 3512 | { |
| 3513 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 3514 | { |
| 3515 | if ( CanDragColSize(m_dragRowOrCol) ) |
| 3516 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow(), false); |
| 3517 | } |
| 3518 | } |
| 3519 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 3520 | { |
| 3521 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow(), false); |
| 3522 | } |
| 3523 | } |
| 3524 | } |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 3527 | { |
| 3528 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) |
| 3529 | { |
| 3530 | // indicate corner label by having both row and |
| 3531 | // col args == -1 |
| 3532 | // |
| 3533 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) |
| 3534 | { |
| 3535 | SelectAll(); |
| 3536 | } |
| 3537 | } |
| 3538 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) |
| 3539 | { |
| 3540 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); |
| 3541 | } |
| 3542 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) |
| 3543 | { |
| 3544 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) |
| 3545 | { |
| 3546 | // no default action at the moment |
| 3547 | } |
| 3548 | } |
| 3549 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) |
| 3550 | { |
| 3551 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) |
| 3552 | { |
| 3553 | // no default action at the moment |
| 3554 | } |
| 3555 | } |
| 3556 | } |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 | void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture() |
| 3559 | { |
| 3560 | // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is |
| 3561 | if ( m_winCapture ) |
| 3562 | { |
| 3563 | m_isDragging = false; |
| 3564 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; |
| 3567 | m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); |
| 3568 | m_winCapture = NULL; |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 | // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen |
| 3571 | Refresh(); |
| 3572 | } |
| 3573 | } |
| 3574 | |
| 3575 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, |
| 3576 | wxWindow *win, |
| 3577 | bool captureMouse) |
| 3578 | { |
| 3579 | #if wxUSE_LOG_TRACE |
| 3580 | static const wxChar *const cursorModes[] = |
| 3581 | { |
| 3582 | wxT("SELECT_CELL"), |
| 3583 | wxT("RESIZE_ROW"), |
| 3584 | wxT("RESIZE_COL"), |
| 3585 | wxT("SELECT_ROW"), |
| 3586 | wxT("SELECT_COL"), |
| 3587 | wxT("MOVE_COL"), |
| 3588 | }; |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 | wxLogTrace(wxT("grid"), |
| 3591 | wxT("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), |
| 3592 | win == m_colWindow ? wxT("colLabelWin") |
| 3593 | : win ? wxT("rowLabelWin") |
| 3594 | : wxT("gridWin"), |
| 3595 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); |
| 3596 | #endif // wxUSE_LOG_TRACE |
| 3597 | |
| 3598 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode && |
| 3599 | win == m_winCapture && |
| 3600 | captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL)) |
| 3601 | return; |
| 3602 | |
| 3603 | if ( !win ) |
| 3604 | { |
| 3605 | // by default use the grid itself |
| 3606 | win = m_gridWin; |
| 3607 | } |
| 3608 | |
| 3609 | if ( m_winCapture ) |
| 3610 | { |
| 3611 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); |
| 3612 | m_winCapture = NULL; |
| 3613 | } |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 | m_cursorMode = mode; |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) |
| 3618 | { |
| 3619 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: |
| 3620 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); |
| 3621 | break; |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: |
| 3624 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); |
| 3625 | break; |
| 3626 | |
| 3627 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: |
| 3628 | win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) ); |
| 3629 | break; |
| 3630 | |
| 3631 | default: |
| 3632 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); |
| 3633 | break; |
| 3634 | } |
| 3635 | |
| 3636 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing |
| 3637 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || |
| 3638 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) |
| 3641 | { |
| 3642 | win->CaptureMouse(); |
| 3643 | m_winCapture = win; |
| 3644 | } |
| 3645 | } |
| 3646 | |
| 3647 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3648 | // grid mouse event processing |
| 3649 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3650 | |
| 3651 | bool |
| 3652 | wxGrid::DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, |
| 3653 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, |
| 3654 | bool isFirstDrag) |
| 3655 | { |
| 3656 | bool performDefault = true ; |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 | if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 3659 | return performDefault; // we're outside any valid cell |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 | // Hide the edit control, so it won't interfere with drag-shrinking. |
| 3662 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) |
| 3663 | { |
| 3664 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 3665 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 3666 | } |
| 3667 | |
| 3668 | switch ( event.GetModifiers() ) |
| 3669 | { |
| 3670 | case wxMOD_CONTROL: |
| 3671 | if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords) |
| 3672 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; |
| 3673 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_selectedBlockCorner, coords); |
| 3674 | break; |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 | case wxMOD_NONE: |
| 3677 | if ( CanDragCell() ) |
| 3678 | { |
| 3679 | if ( isFirstDrag ) |
| 3680 | { |
| 3681 | if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords) |
| 3682 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 | // if event is handled by user code, no further processing |
| 3685 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, coords, event) != 0 ) |
| 3686 | performDefault = false; |
| 3687 | |
| 3688 | return performDefault; |
| 3689 | } |
| 3690 | } |
| 3691 | |
| 3692 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); |
| 3693 | break; |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | default: |
| 3696 | // we don't handle the other key modifiers |
| 3697 | event.Skip(); |
| 3698 | } |
| 3699 | |
| 3700 | return performDefault; |
| 3701 | } |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 | void wxGrid::DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper) |
| 3704 | { |
| 3705 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); |
| 3706 | PrepareDC(dc); |
| 3707 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | const wxRect rectWin(CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)), |
| 3710 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize()); |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 | // erase the previously drawn line, if any |
| 3713 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 3714 | oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos); |
| 3715 | |
| 3716 | // we need the vertical position for rows and horizontal for columns here |
| 3717 | m_dragLastPos = oper.Dual().Select(CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition())); |
| 3718 | |
| 3719 | // don't allow resizing beneath the minimal size |
| 3720 | const int posMin = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol) + |
| 3721 | oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol); |
| 3722 | if ( m_dragLastPos < posMin ) |
| 3723 | m_dragLastPos = posMin; |
| 3724 | |
| 3725 | // and draw it at the new position |
| 3726 | oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos); |
| 3727 | } |
| 3728 | |
| 3729 | void wxGrid::DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords) |
| 3730 | { |
| 3731 | if ( !m_isDragging ) |
| 3732 | { |
| 3733 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged far |
| 3734 | // enough |
| 3735 | const wxPoint& pt = event.GetPosition(); |
| 3736 | if ( m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition ) |
| 3737 | { |
| 3738 | m_startDragPos = pt; |
| 3739 | return; |
| 3740 | } |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 | if ( abs(m_startDragPos.x - pt.x) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY && |
| 3743 | abs(m_startDragPos.y - pt.y) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY ) |
| 3744 | return; |
| 3745 | } |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | const bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging; |
| 3748 | m_isDragging = true; |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) |
| 3751 | { |
| 3752 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: |
| 3753 | // no further handling if handled by user |
| 3754 | if ( DoGridCellDrag(event, coords, isFirstDrag) == false ) |
| 3755 | return; |
| 3756 | break; |
| 3757 | |
| 3758 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: |
| 3759 | DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridRowOperations()); |
| 3760 | break; |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: |
| 3763 | DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridColumnOperations()); |
| 3764 | break; |
| 3765 | |
| 3766 | default: |
| 3767 | event.Skip(); |
| 3768 | } |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 | if ( isFirstDrag ) |
| 3771 | { |
| 3772 | wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winCapture, "shouldn't capture the mouse twice" ); |
| 3773 | |
| 3774 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; |
| 3775 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); |
| 3776 | } |
| 3777 | } |
| 3778 | |
| 3779 | void |
| 3780 | wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event, |
| 3781 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, |
| 3782 | const wxPoint& pos) |
| 3783 | { |
| 3784 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, coords, event) ) |
| 3785 | { |
| 3786 | // event handled by user code, no need to do anything here |
| 3787 | return; |
| 3788 | } |
| 3789 | |
| 3790 | if ( !event.CmdDown() ) |
| 3791 | ClearSelection(); |
| 3792 | |
| 3793 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) |
| 3794 | { |
| 3795 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 3796 | { |
| 3797 | m_selection->SelectBlock(m_currentCellCoords, coords, event); |
| 3798 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; |
| 3799 | } |
| 3800 | } |
| 3801 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 ) |
| 3802 | { |
| 3803 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 3804 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 | if ( event.CmdDown() ) |
| 3807 | { |
| 3808 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 3809 | { |
| 3810 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(coords, event); |
| 3811 | } |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 3814 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 3815 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; |
| 3816 | } |
| 3817 | else |
| 3818 | { |
| 3819 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 3820 | { |
| 3821 | // In row or column selection mode just clicking on the cell |
| 3822 | // should select the row or column containing it: this is more |
| 3823 | // convenient for the kinds of controls that use such selection |
| 3824 | // mode and is compatible with 2.8 behaviour (see #12062). |
| 3825 | switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() ) |
| 3826 | { |
| 3827 | case wxGridSelectCells: |
| 3828 | case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns: |
| 3829 | // nothing to do in these cases |
| 3830 | break; |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 | case wxGridSelectRows: |
| 3833 | m_selection->SelectRow(coords.GetRow()); |
| 3834 | break; |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | case wxGridSelectColumns: |
| 3837 | m_selection->SelectCol(coords.GetCol()); |
| 3838 | break; |
| 3839 | } |
| 3840 | } |
| 3841 | |
| 3842 | m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && |
| 3843 | coords != wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 3844 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); |
| 3845 | } |
| 3846 | } |
| 3847 | } |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | void |
| 3850 | wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event, |
| 3851 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, |
| 3852 | const wxPoint& pos) |
| 3853 | { |
| 3854 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 ) |
| 3855 | { |
| 3856 | if ( !SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, coords, event) ) |
| 3857 | { |
| 3858 | // we want double click to select a cell and start editing |
| 3859 | // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks): |
| 3860 | m_waitForSlowClick = true; |
| 3861 | } |
| 3862 | } |
| 3863 | } |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 | void |
| 3866 | wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords) |
| 3867 | { |
| 3868 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 3869 | { |
| 3870 | if (m_winCapture) |
| 3871 | { |
| 3872 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); |
| 3873 | m_winCapture = NULL; |
| 3874 | } |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 | if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() ) |
| 3877 | { |
| 3878 | ClearSelection(); |
| 3879 | EnableCellEditControl(); |
| 3880 | |
| 3881 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords); |
| 3882 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); |
| 3883 | editor->StartingClick(); |
| 3884 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 3885 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 3886 | |
| 3887 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; |
| 3888 | } |
| 3889 | else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 3890 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 3891 | { |
| 3892 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 3893 | { |
| 3894 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectedBlockTopLeft, |
| 3895 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight, |
| 3896 | event ); |
| 3897 | } |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 3900 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for |
| 3903 | // drag-shrinking. |
| 3904 | ShowCellEditControl(); |
| 3905 | } |
| 3906 | } |
| 3907 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) |
| 3908 | { |
| 3909 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 3910 | DoEndDragResizeRow(event); |
| 3911 | } |
| 3912 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) |
| 3913 | { |
| 3914 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 3915 | DoEndDragResizeCol(event); |
| 3916 | } |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 3919 | } |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 | void |
| 3922 | wxGrid::DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event), |
| 3923 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, |
| 3924 | const wxPoint& pos) |
| 3925 | { |
| 3926 | if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 ) |
| 3927 | { |
| 3928 | // out of grid cell area |
| 3929 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 3930 | return; |
| 3931 | } |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( pos.y ); |
| 3934 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( pos.x ); |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both |
| 3937 | // directions is not implemented yet... |
| 3938 | // |
| 3939 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) |
| 3940 | { |
| 3941 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 3942 | return; |
| 3943 | } |
| 3944 | |
| 3945 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && CanDragGridSize() && CanDragRowSize(dragRow) ) |
| 3946 | { |
| 3947 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 3948 | { |
| 3949 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; |
| 3950 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false); |
| 3951 | } |
| 3952 | } |
| 3953 | // When using the native header window we can only resize the columns by |
| 3954 | // dragging the dividers in it because we can't make it enter into the |
| 3955 | // column resizing mode programmatically |
| 3956 | else if ( dragCol >= 0 && !m_useNativeHeader && |
| 3957 | CanDragGridSize() && CanDragColSize(dragCol) ) |
| 3958 | { |
| 3959 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 3960 | { |
| 3961 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; |
| 3962 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false); |
| 3963 | } |
| 3964 | } |
| 3965 | else // Neither on a row or col edge |
| 3966 | { |
| 3967 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 3968 | { |
| 3969 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 3970 | } |
| 3971 | } |
| 3972 | } |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event) |
| 3975 | { |
| 3976 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) |
| 3977 | { |
| 3978 | // we don't care about these events but we must not reset m_isDragging |
| 3979 | // if they happen so return before anything else is done |
| 3980 | event.Skip(); |
| 3981 | return; |
| 3982 | } |
| 3983 | |
| 3984 | const wxPoint pos = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition()); |
| 3985 | |
| 3986 | // coordinates of the cell under mouse |
| 3987 | wxGridCellCoords coords = XYToCell(pos); |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; |
| 3990 | GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); |
| 3991 | if ( (cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0) ) |
| 3992 | { |
| 3993 | coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows); |
| 3994 | coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols); |
| 3995 | } |
| 3996 | |
| 3997 | if ( event.Dragging() ) |
| 3998 | { |
| 3999 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) |
| 4000 | DoGridDragEvent(event, coords); |
| 4001 | else |
| 4002 | event.Skip(); |
| 4003 | return; |
| 4004 | } |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | m_isDragging = false; |
| 4007 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; |
| 4008 | |
| 4009 | // deal with various button presses |
| 4010 | if ( event.IsButton() ) |
| 4011 | { |
| 4012 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 4013 | { |
| 4014 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) |
| 4017 | DoGridCellLeftDown(event, coords, pos); |
| 4018 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) |
| 4019 | DoGridCellLeftDClick(event, coords, pos); |
| 4020 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) |
| 4021 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, coords, event); |
| 4022 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) |
| 4023 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, coords, event); |
| 4024 | } |
| 4025 | |
| 4026 | // this one should be called even if we're not over any cell |
| 4027 | if ( event.LeftUp() ) |
| 4028 | { |
| 4029 | DoGridCellLeftUp(event, coords); |
| 4030 | } |
| 4031 | } |
| 4032 | else if ( event.Moving() ) |
| 4033 | { |
| 4034 | DoGridMouseMoveEvent(event, coords, pos); |
| 4035 | } |
| 4036 | else // unknown mouse event? |
| 4037 | { |
| 4038 | event.Skip(); |
| 4039 | } |
| 4040 | } |
| 4041 | |
| 4042 | // this function returns true only if the size really changed |
| 4043 | bool wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper) |
| 4044 | { |
| 4045 | if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 ) |
| 4046 | return false; |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 | const wxGridOperations& doper = oper.Dual(); |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 | const wxSize size = m_gridWin->GetClientSize(); |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 | const wxPoint ptOrigin = CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)); |
| 4053 | |
| 4054 | // erase the last line we drew |
| 4055 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); |
| 4056 | PrepareDC(dc); |
| 4057 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); |
| 4058 | |
| 4059 | const int posLineStart = oper.Select(ptOrigin); |
| 4060 | const int posLineEnd = oper.Select(ptOrigin) + oper.Select(size); |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 | oper.DrawParallelLine(dc, posLineStart, posLineEnd, m_dragLastPos); |
| 4063 | |
| 4064 | // temporarily hide the edit control before resizing |
| 4065 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 4066 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 | // do resize the line |
| 4069 | const int lineStart = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol); |
| 4070 | const int lineSizeOld = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol); |
| 4071 | oper.SetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol, |
| 4072 | wxMax(m_dragLastPos - lineStart, |
| 4073 | oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol))); |
| 4074 | const bool |
| 4075 | sizeChanged = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol) != lineSizeOld; |
| 4076 | |
| 4077 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 | // refresh now if we're not frozen |
| 4080 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 4081 | { |
| 4082 | // we need to refresh everything beyond the resized line in the header |
| 4083 | // window |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 | // get the position from which to refresh in the other direction |
| 4086 | wxRect rect(CellToRect(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, 0))); |
| 4087 | rect.SetPosition(CalcScrolledPosition(rect.GetPosition())); |
| 4088 | |
| 4089 | // we only need the ordinate (for rows) or abscissa (for columns) here, |
| 4090 | // and need to cover the entire window in the other direction |
| 4091 | oper.Select(rect) = 0; |
| 4092 | |
| 4093 | wxRect rectHeader(rect.GetPosition(), |
| 4094 | oper.MakeSize |
| 4095 | ( |
| 4096 | oper.GetHeaderWindowSize(this), |
| 4097 | doper.Select(size) - doper.Select(rect) |
| 4098 | )); |
| 4099 | |
| 4100 | oper.GetHeaderWindow(this)->Refresh(true, &rectHeader); |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 | |
| 4103 | // also refresh the grid window: extend the rectangle |
| 4104 | if ( m_table ) |
| 4105 | { |
| 4106 | oper.SelectSize(rect) = oper.Select(size); |
| 4107 | |
| 4108 | int subtractLines = 0; |
| 4109 | const int lineStart = doper.PosToLine(this, posLineStart); |
| 4110 | if ( lineStart >= 0 ) |
| 4111 | { |
| 4112 | // ensure that if we have a multi-cell block we redraw all of |
| 4113 | // it by increasing the refresh area to cover it entirely if a |
| 4114 | // part of it is affected |
| 4115 | const int lineEnd = doper.PosToLine(this, posLineEnd, true); |
| 4116 | for ( int line = lineStart; line < lineEnd; line++ ) |
| 4117 | { |
| 4118 | int cellLines = oper.Select( |
| 4119 | GetCellSize(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, line))); |
| 4120 | if ( cellLines < subtractLines ) |
| 4121 | subtractLines = cellLines; |
| 4122 | } |
| 4123 | } |
| 4124 | |
| 4125 | int startPos = |
| 4126 | oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol + subtractLines); |
| 4127 | startPos = doper.CalcScrolledPosition(this, startPos); |
| 4128 | |
| 4129 | doper.Select(rect) = startPos; |
| 4130 | doper.SelectSize(rect) = doper.Select(size) - startPos; |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | m_gridWin->Refresh(false, &rect); |
| 4133 | } |
| 4134 | } |
| 4135 | |
| 4136 | // show the edit control back again |
| 4137 | ShowCellEditControl(); |
| 4138 | |
| 4139 | return sizeChanged; |
| 4140 | } |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow(const wxMouseEvent& event) |
| 4143 | { |
| 4144 | // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 |
| 4145 | |
| 4146 | if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridRowOperations()) ) |
| 4147 | SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event); |
| 4148 | } |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol(const wxMouseEvent& event) |
| 4151 | { |
| 4152 | // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 | if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridColumnOperations()) ) |
| 4155 | SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event); |
| 4156 | } |
| 4157 | |
| 4158 | void wxGrid::DoStartMoveCol(int col) |
| 4159 | { |
| 4160 | m_dragRowOrCol = col; |
| 4161 | } |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 | void wxGrid::DoEndMoveCol(int pos) |
| 4164 | { |
| 4165 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_dragRowOrCol != -1, "no matching DoStartMoveCol?" ); |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol) != -1 ) |
| 4168 | SetColPos(m_dragRowOrCol, pos); |
| 4169 | //else: vetoed by user |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; |
| 4172 | } |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 | void wxGrid::RefreshAfterColPosChange() |
| 4175 | { |
| 4176 | // recalculate the column rights as the column positions have changed, |
| 4177 | // unless we calculate them dynamically because all columns widths are the |
| 4178 | // same and it's easy to do |
| 4179 | if ( !m_colWidths.empty() ) |
| 4180 | { |
| 4181 | int colRight = 0; |
| 4182 | for ( int colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 4183 | { |
| 4184 | int colID = GetColAt( colPos ); |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 | colRight += m_colWidths[colID]; |
| 4187 | m_colRights[colID] = colRight; |
| 4188 | } |
| 4189 | } |
| 4190 | |
| 4191 | // and make the changes visible |
| 4192 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) |
| 4193 | { |
| 4194 | if ( m_colAt.empty() ) |
| 4195 | GetGridColHeader()->ResetColumnsOrder(); |
| 4196 | else |
| 4197 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnsOrder(m_colAt); |
| 4198 | } |
| 4199 | else |
| 4200 | { |
| 4201 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); |
| 4202 | } |
| 4203 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 4204 | } |
| 4205 | |
| 4206 | void wxGrid::SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order) |
| 4207 | { |
| 4208 | m_colAt = order; |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 | RefreshAfterColPosChange(); |
| 4211 | } |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 | void wxGrid::SetColPos(int idx, int pos) |
| 4214 | { |
| 4215 | // we're going to need m_colAt now, initialize it if needed |
| 4216 | if ( m_colAt.empty() ) |
| 4217 | { |
| 4218 | m_colAt.reserve(m_numCols); |
| 4219 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) |
| 4220 | m_colAt.push_back(i); |
| 4221 | } |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 | wxHeaderCtrl::MoveColumnInOrderArray(m_colAt, idx, pos); |
| 4224 | |
| 4225 | RefreshAfterColPosChange(); |
| 4226 | } |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 | void wxGrid::ResetColPos() |
| 4229 | { |
| 4230 | m_colAt.clear(); |
| 4231 | |
| 4232 | RefreshAfterColPosChange(); |
| 4233 | } |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable ) |
| 4236 | { |
| 4237 | if ( m_canDragColMove == enable ) |
| 4238 | return; |
| 4239 | |
| 4240 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) |
| 4241 | { |
| 4242 | // update all columns to make them [not] reorderable |
| 4243 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); |
| 4244 | } |
| 4245 | |
| 4246 | m_canDragColMove = enable; |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 | // we use to call ResetColPos() from here if !enable but this doesn't seem |
| 4249 | // right as it would mean there would be no way to "freeze" the current |
| 4250 | // columns order by disabling moving them after putting them in the desired |
| 4251 | // order, whereas now you can always call ResetColPos() manually if needed |
| 4252 | } |
| 4253 | |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 | // |
| 4256 | // ------ interaction with data model |
| 4257 | // |
| 4258 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) |
| 4259 | { |
| 4260 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) |
| 4261 | { |
| 4262 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: |
| 4263 | return GetModelValues(); |
| 4264 | |
| 4265 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: |
| 4266 | return SetModelValues(); |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: |
| 4269 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: |
| 4270 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: |
| 4271 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: |
| 4272 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: |
| 4273 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: |
| 4274 | return Redimension( msg ); |
| 4275 | |
| 4276 | default: |
| 4277 | return false; |
| 4278 | } |
| 4279 | } |
| 4280 | |
| 4281 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class |
| 4282 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the |
| 4283 | // behaviour is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but |
| 4284 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. |
| 4285 | // |
| 4286 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() |
| 4287 | { |
| 4288 | if ( m_table ) |
| 4289 | { |
| 4290 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) |
| 4291 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 4292 | |
| 4293 | m_table->Clear(); |
| 4294 | if (!GetBatchCount()) |
| 4295 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 4296 | } |
| 4297 | } |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 | bool |
| 4300 | wxGrid::DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t), |
| 4301 | int pos, int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) |
| 4302 | { |
| 4303 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" ); |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 | if ( !m_table ) |
| 4306 | return false; |
| 4307 | |
| 4308 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) |
| 4309 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 | return (m_table->*funcModify)(pos, num); |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row |
| 4314 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message |
| 4315 | } |
| 4316 | |
| 4317 | bool |
| 4318 | wxGrid::DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t), |
| 4319 | int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels)) |
| 4320 | { |
| 4321 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" ); |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 | if ( !m_table ) |
| 4324 | return false; |
| 4325 | |
| 4326 | return (m_table->*funcAppend)(num); |
| 4327 | } |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 4330 | // event generation helpers |
| 4331 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 4332 | |
| 4333 | void |
| 4334 | wxGrid::SendGridSizeEvent(wxEventType type, |
| 4335 | int row, int col, |
| 4336 | const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv) |
| 4337 | { |
| 4338 | int rowOrCol = row == -1 ? col : row; |
| 4339 | |
| 4340 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), |
| 4341 | type, |
| 4342 | this, |
| 4343 | rowOrCol, |
| 4344 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), |
| 4345 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), |
| 4346 | mouseEv); |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 4349 | } |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and return: |
| 4352 | // -1 if the event was vetoed |
| 4353 | // +1 if the event was processed (but not vetoed) |
| 4354 | // 0 if the event wasn't handled |
| 4355 | int |
| 4356 | wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, |
| 4357 | int row, int col, |
| 4358 | const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv) |
| 4359 | { |
| 4360 | bool claimed, vetoed; |
| 4361 | |
| 4362 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) |
| 4363 | { |
| 4364 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! |
| 4365 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), |
| 4366 | type, |
| 4367 | this, |
| 4368 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft, |
| 4369 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight, |
| 4370 | true, |
| 4371 | mouseEv); |
| 4372 | |
| 4373 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 4374 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); |
| 4375 | } |
| 4376 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK || |
| 4377 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK || |
| 4378 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK || |
| 4379 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK ) |
| 4380 | { |
| 4381 | wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition(); |
| 4382 | |
| 4383 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() ) |
| 4384 | pos.y += GetColLabelSize(); |
| 4385 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() ) |
| 4386 | pos.x += GetRowLabelSize(); |
| 4387 | |
| 4388 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), |
| 4389 | type, |
| 4390 | this, |
| 4391 | row, col, |
| 4392 | pos.x, |
| 4393 | pos.y, |
| 4394 | false, |
| 4395 | mouseEv); |
| 4396 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 4397 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); |
| 4398 | } |
| 4399 | else |
| 4400 | { |
| 4401 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), |
| 4402 | type, |
| 4403 | this, |
| 4404 | row, col, |
| 4405 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), |
| 4406 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), |
| 4407 | false, |
| 4408 | mouseEv); |
| 4409 | |
| 4410 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG ) |
| 4411 | { |
| 4412 | // by default the dragging is not supported, the user code must |
| 4413 | // explicitly allow the event for it to take place |
| 4414 | gridEvt.Veto(); |
| 4415 | } |
| 4416 | |
| 4417 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 4418 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); |
| 4419 | } |
| 4420 | |
| 4421 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first |
| 4422 | if (vetoed) |
| 4423 | return -1; |
| 4424 | |
| 4425 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; |
| 4426 | } |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 | // Generate a grid event of specified type, return value same as above |
| 4429 | // |
| 4430 | int |
| 4431 | wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, int row, int col, const wxString& s) |
| 4432 | { |
| 4433 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col ); |
| 4434 | gridEvt.SetString(s); |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 | const bool claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first |
| 4439 | if ( !gridEvt.IsAllowed() ) |
| 4440 | return -1; |
| 4441 | |
| 4442 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; |
| 4443 | } |
| 4444 | |
| 4445 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 4446 | { |
| 4447 | // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW |
| 4448 | wxPaintDC dc(this); |
| 4449 | } |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 | void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect) |
| 4452 | { |
| 4453 | // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch... |
| 4454 | // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway. |
| 4455 | if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 4456 | { |
| 4457 | // Refresh to get correct scrolled position: |
| 4458 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect); |
| 4459 | |
| 4460 | if (rect) |
| 4461 | { |
| 4462 | int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight; |
| 4463 | int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell; |
| 4464 | int x, y; |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 | // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets.. |
| 4467 | rect_x = rect->GetX(); |
| 4468 | rect_y = rect->GetY(); |
| 4469 | rectWidth = rect->GetWidth(); |
| 4470 | rectHeight = rect->GetHeight(); |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 | width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x; |
| 4473 | if (width_label > rectWidth) |
| 4474 | width_label = rectWidth; |
| 4475 | |
| 4476 | height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y; |
| 4477 | if (height_label > rectHeight) |
| 4478 | height_label = rectHeight; |
| 4479 | |
| 4480 | if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth) |
| 4481 | { |
| 4482 | x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 4483 | width_cell = rectWidth; |
| 4484 | } |
| 4485 | else |
| 4486 | { |
| 4487 | x = 0; |
| 4488 | width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x); |
| 4489 | } |
| 4490 | |
| 4491 | if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight) |
| 4492 | { |
| 4493 | y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight; |
| 4494 | height_cell = rectHeight; |
| 4495 | } |
| 4496 | else |
| 4497 | { |
| 4498 | y = 0; |
| 4499 | height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y); |
| 4500 | } |
| 4501 | |
| 4502 | // Paint corner label part intersecting rect. |
| 4503 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 ) |
| 4504 | { |
| 4505 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label); |
| 4506 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); |
| 4507 | } |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 | // Paint col labels part intersecting rect. |
| 4510 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 ) |
| 4511 | { |
| 4512 | wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label); |
| 4513 | m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); |
| 4514 | } |
| 4515 | |
| 4516 | // Paint row labels part intersecting rect. |
| 4517 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) |
| 4518 | { |
| 4519 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell); |
| 4520 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); |
| 4521 | } |
| 4522 | |
| 4523 | // Paint cell area part intersecting rect. |
| 4524 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) |
| 4525 | { |
| 4526 | wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell); |
| 4527 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); |
| 4528 | } |
| 4529 | } |
| 4530 | else |
| 4531 | { |
| 4532 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); |
| 4533 | m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); |
| 4534 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); |
| 4535 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); |
| 4536 | } |
| 4537 | } |
| 4538 | } |
| 4539 | |
| 4540 | void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) |
| 4541 | { |
| 4542 | if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done |
| 4543 | { |
| 4544 | // reposition our children windows |
| 4545 | CalcWindowSizes(); |
| 4546 | } |
| 4547 | } |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 4550 | { |
| 4551 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) |
| 4552 | { |
| 4553 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... |
| 4554 | // |
| 4555 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); |
| 4556 | } |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 | m_inOnKeyDown = true; |
| 4559 | |
| 4560 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed |
| 4561 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); |
| 4562 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); |
| 4563 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); |
| 4564 | |
| 4565 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) |
| 4566 | { |
| 4567 | if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) |
| 4568 | { |
| 4569 | if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT) |
| 4570 | event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT; |
| 4571 | else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT) |
| 4572 | event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT; |
| 4573 | } |
| 4574 | |
| 4575 | // try local handlers |
| 4576 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) |
| 4577 | { |
| 4578 | case WXK_UP: |
| 4579 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 4580 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 4581 | else |
| 4582 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 4583 | break; |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 | case WXK_DOWN: |
| 4586 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 4587 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 4588 | else |
| 4589 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 4590 | break; |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 | case WXK_LEFT: |
| 4593 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 4594 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 4595 | else |
| 4596 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 4597 | break; |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 | case WXK_RIGHT: |
| 4600 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 4601 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 4602 | else |
| 4603 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 4604 | break; |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | case WXK_RETURN: |
| 4607 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: |
| 4608 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 4609 | { |
| 4610 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return |
| 4611 | } |
| 4612 | else |
| 4613 | { |
| 4614 | if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) |
| 4615 | { |
| 4616 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 4617 | } |
| 4618 | else |
| 4619 | { |
| 4620 | // at the bottom of a column |
| 4621 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 4622 | } |
| 4623 | } |
| 4624 | break; |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 | case WXK_ESCAPE: |
| 4627 | ClearSelection(); |
| 4628 | break; |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 | case WXK_TAB: |
| 4631 | if (event.ShiftDown()) |
| 4632 | { |
| 4633 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) |
| 4634 | { |
| 4635 | MoveCursorLeft( false ); |
| 4636 | } |
| 4637 | else |
| 4638 | { |
| 4639 | // at left of grid |
| 4640 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 4641 | } |
| 4642 | } |
| 4643 | else |
| 4644 | { |
| 4645 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 ) |
| 4646 | { |
| 4647 | MoveCursorRight( false ); |
| 4648 | } |
| 4649 | else |
| 4650 | { |
| 4651 | // at right of grid |
| 4652 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 4653 | } |
| 4654 | } |
| 4655 | break; |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 | case WXK_HOME: |
| 4658 | GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? 0 |
| 4659 | : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), |
| 4660 | 0); |
| 4661 | break; |
| 4662 | |
| 4663 | case WXK_END: |
| 4664 | GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? m_numRows - 1 |
| 4665 | : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), |
| 4666 | m_numCols - 1); |
| 4667 | break; |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 | case WXK_PAGEUP: |
| 4670 | MovePageUp(); |
| 4671 | break; |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: |
| 4674 | MovePageDown(); |
| 4675 | break; |
| 4676 | |
| 4677 | case WXK_SPACE: |
| 4678 | // Ctrl-Space selects the current column, Shift-Space -- the |
| 4679 | // current row and Ctrl-Shift-Space -- everything |
| 4680 | switch ( m_selection ? event.GetModifiers() : wxMOD_NONE ) |
| 4681 | { |
| 4682 | case wxMOD_CONTROL: |
| 4683 | m_selection->SelectCol(m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()); |
| 4684 | break; |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 | case wxMOD_SHIFT: |
| 4687 | m_selection->SelectRow(m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()); |
| 4688 | break; |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 | case wxMOD_CONTROL | wxMOD_SHIFT: |
| 4691 | m_selection->SelectBlock(0, 0, |
| 4692 | m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1); |
| 4693 | break; |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 | case wxMOD_NONE: |
| 4696 | if ( !IsEditable() ) |
| 4697 | { |
| 4698 | MoveCursorRight(false); |
| 4699 | break; |
| 4700 | } |
| 4701 | //else: fall through |
| 4702 | |
| 4703 | default: |
| 4704 | event.Skip(); |
| 4705 | } |
| 4706 | break; |
| 4707 | |
| 4708 | default: |
| 4709 | event.Skip(); |
| 4710 | break; |
| 4711 | } |
| 4712 | } |
| 4713 | |
| 4714 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; |
| 4715 | } |
| 4716 | |
| 4717 | void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 4718 | { |
| 4719 | // try local handlers |
| 4720 | // |
| 4721 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) |
| 4722 | { |
| 4723 | if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 4724 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 4725 | { |
| 4726 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 4727 | { |
| 4728 | m_selection->SelectBlock( |
| 4729 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft, |
| 4730 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight, |
| 4731 | event); |
| 4732 | } |
| 4733 | } |
| 4734 | |
| 4735 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 4736 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 4737 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 4738 | } |
| 4739 | } |
| 4740 | |
| 4741 | void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 4742 | { |
| 4743 | // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? |
| 4744 | if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) |
| 4745 | { |
| 4746 | // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key |
| 4747 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 4748 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 4749 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 4750 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 4751 | |
| 4752 | // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for |
| 4753 | // other keys - ask the editor itself |
| 4754 | if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) |
| 4755 | || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) |
| 4756 | { |
| 4757 | // ensure cell is visble |
| 4758 | MakeCellVisible(row, col); |
| 4759 | EnableCellEditControl(); |
| 4760 | |
| 4761 | // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely |
| 4762 | // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the |
| 4763 | // control is not created and calling StartingKey will |
| 4764 | // crash the app |
| 4765 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) |
| 4766 | editor->StartingKey(event); |
| 4767 | } |
| 4768 | else |
| 4769 | { |
| 4770 | event.Skip(); |
| 4771 | } |
| 4772 | |
| 4773 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 4774 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 4775 | } |
| 4776 | else |
| 4777 | { |
| 4778 | event.Skip(); |
| 4779 | } |
| 4780 | } |
| 4781 | |
| 4782 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) |
| 4783 | { |
| 4784 | } |
| 4785 | |
| 4786 | bool wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) |
| 4787 | { |
| 4788 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords) == -1 ) |
| 4789 | { |
| 4790 | // the event has been vetoed - do nothing |
| 4791 | return false; |
| 4792 | } |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) |
| 4795 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 4796 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 4797 | #endif |
| 4798 | |
| 4799 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 4800 | { |
| 4801 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 4802 | |
| 4803 | if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) |
| 4804 | { |
| 4805 | wxRect r; |
| 4806 | r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords ); |
| 4807 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) |
| 4808 | { |
| 4809 | r.x--; |
| 4810 | r.y--; |
| 4811 | r.width++; |
| 4812 | r.height++; |
| 4813 | } |
| 4814 | |
| 4815 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r ); |
| 4816 | |
| 4817 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! |
| 4818 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; |
| 4819 | |
| 4820 | #if defined(__WXMAC__) |
| 4821 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */); |
| 4822 | #else |
| 4823 | DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells ); |
| 4824 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); |
| 4825 | #endif |
| 4826 | } |
| 4827 | } |
| 4828 | |
| 4829 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; |
| 4830 | |
| 4831 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords ); |
| 4832 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) |
| 4833 | DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr ); |
| 4834 | #endif |
| 4835 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 4836 | |
| 4837 | return true; |
| 4838 | } |
| 4839 | |
| 4840 | void |
| 4841 | wxGrid::UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol, |
| 4842 | int bottomRow, int rightCol) |
| 4843 | { |
| 4844 | MakeCellVisible(m_selectedBlockCorner); |
| 4845 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol); |
| 4846 | |
| 4847 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 4848 | { |
| 4849 | switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() ) |
| 4850 | { |
| 4851 | default: |
| 4852 | wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown selection mode" ); |
| 4853 | // fall through |
| 4854 | |
| 4855 | case wxGridSelectCells: |
| 4856 | // arbitrary blocks selection allowed so just use the cell |
| 4857 | // coordinates as is |
| 4858 | break; |
| 4859 | |
| 4860 | case wxGridSelectRows: |
| 4861 | // only full rows selection allowd, ensure that we do select |
| 4862 | // full rows |
| 4863 | leftCol = 0; |
| 4864 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; |
| 4865 | break; |
| 4866 | |
| 4867 | case wxGridSelectColumns: |
| 4868 | // same as above but for columns |
| 4869 | topRow = 0; |
| 4870 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; |
| 4871 | break; |
| 4872 | |
| 4873 | case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns: |
| 4874 | // in this mode we can select only full rows or full columns so |
| 4875 | // it doesn't make sense to select blocks at all (and we can't |
| 4876 | // extend the block because there is no preferred direction, we |
| 4877 | // could only extend it to cover the entire grid but this is |
| 4878 | // not useful) |
| 4879 | return; |
| 4880 | } |
| 4881 | } |
| 4882 | |
| 4883 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(topRow, bottomRow); |
| 4884 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(leftCol, rightCol); |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords(topRow, leftCol), |
| 4887 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol); |
| 4888 | |
| 4889 | // First the case that we selected a completely new area |
| 4890 | if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords || |
| 4891 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 4892 | { |
| 4893 | wxRect rect; |
| 4894 | rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ), |
| 4895 | wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) ); |
| 4896 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); |
| 4897 | } |
| 4898 | |
| 4899 | // Now handle changing an existing selection area. |
| 4900 | else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != updateTopLeft || |
| 4901 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) |
| 4902 | { |
| 4903 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: |
| 4904 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the |
| 4905 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! |
| 4906 | wxRect rect[4]; |
| 4907 | bool need_refresh[4]; |
| 4908 | need_refresh[0] = |
| 4909 | need_refresh[1] = |
| 4910 | need_refresh[2] = |
| 4911 | need_refresh[3] = false; |
| 4912 | int i; |
| 4913 | |
| 4914 | // Store intermediate values |
| 4915 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol(); |
| 4916 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow(); |
| 4917 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol(); |
| 4918 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow(); |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. |
| 4921 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldLeft, leftCol); |
| 4922 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldTop, topRow); |
| 4923 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(rightCol, oldRight); |
| 4924 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(bottomRow, oldBottom); |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer |
| 4927 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one |
| 4928 | // is contained in the other. |
| 4929 | |
| 4930 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) |
| 4931 | { |
| 4932 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected |
| 4933 | // area to the left of the old or new selection. |
| 4934 | need_refresh[0] = true; |
| 4935 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( |
| 4936 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, oldLeft ), |
| 4937 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) ); |
| 4938 | } |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) |
| 4941 | { |
| 4942 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected |
| 4943 | // area above the old or new selection. |
| 4944 | need_refresh[1] = true; |
| 4945 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( |
| 4946 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ), |
| 4947 | wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) ); |
| 4948 | } |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) |
| 4951 | { |
| 4952 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected |
| 4953 | // area to the right of the old or new selection. |
| 4954 | need_refresh[2] = true; |
| 4955 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( |
| 4956 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ), |
| 4957 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) ); |
| 4958 | } |
| 4959 | |
| 4960 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) |
| 4961 | { |
| 4962 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected |
| 4963 | // area below the old or new selection. |
| 4964 | need_refresh[3] = true; |
| 4965 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( |
| 4966 | wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ), |
| 4967 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) ); |
| 4968 | } |
| 4969 | |
| 4970 | // various Refresh() calls |
| 4971 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) |
| 4972 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) |
| 4973 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) ); |
| 4974 | } |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 | // change selection |
| 4977 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = updateTopLeft; |
| 4978 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = updateBottomRight; |
| 4979 | } |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 | // |
| 4982 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) |
| 4983 | // |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() |
| 4986 | { |
| 4987 | // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. |
| 4988 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 4989 | |
| 4990 | if ( m_table ) |
| 4991 | { |
| 4992 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid |
| 4993 | // |
| 4994 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 4995 | return true; |
| 4996 | } |
| 4997 | |
| 4998 | return false; |
| 4999 | } |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() |
| 5002 | { |
| 5003 | int row, col; |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 | // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. |
| 5006 | // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first? |
| 5007 | // I think so ... |
| 5008 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 | if ( m_table ) |
| 5011 | { |
| 5012 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) |
| 5013 | { |
| 5014 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) |
| 5015 | { |
| 5016 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); |
| 5017 | } |
| 5018 | } |
| 5019 | |
| 5020 | return true; |
| 5021 | } |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 | return false; |
| 5024 | } |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of |
| 5027 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by |
| 5028 | // CalcExposedCells) |
| 5029 | // |
| 5030 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ) |
| 5031 | { |
| 5032 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) |
| 5033 | return; |
| 5034 | |
| 5035 | int i, numCells = cells.GetCount(); |
| 5036 | int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols; |
| 5037 | wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells; |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) |
| 5040 | { |
| 5041 | row = cells[i].GetRow(); |
| 5042 | col = cells[i].GetCol(); |
| 5043 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 | // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint |
| 5046 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) |
| 5047 | { |
| 5048 | wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols ); |
| 5049 | bool marked = false; |
| 5050 | for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ ) |
| 5051 | { |
| 5052 | if ( cell == cells[j] ) |
| 5053 | { |
| 5054 | marked = true; |
| 5055 | break; |
| 5056 | } |
| 5057 | } |
| 5058 | |
| 5059 | if (!marked) |
| 5060 | { |
| 5061 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); |
| 5062 | for (int j = 0; j < count; j++) |
| 5063 | { |
| 5064 | if ( cell == redrawCells[j] ) |
| 5065 | { |
| 5066 | marked = true; |
| 5067 | break; |
| 5068 | } |
| 5069 | } |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 | if (!marked) |
| 5072 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); |
| 5073 | } |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 | // don't bother drawing this cell |
| 5076 | continue; |
| 5077 | } |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 | // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow |
| 5080 | if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) |
| 5081 | { |
| 5082 | for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ ) |
| 5083 | { |
| 5084 | // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint |
| 5085 | int left = col; |
| 5086 | for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++) |
| 5087 | if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) && |
| 5088 | (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row)) |
| 5089 | { |
| 5090 | left = redrawCells[k].GetCol(); |
| 5091 | } |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 | if (left == col) |
| 5094 | left = 0; // oh well |
| 5095 | |
| 5096 | for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--) |
| 5097 | { |
| 5098 | if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j)) |
| 5099 | { |
| 5100 | if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j)) |
| 5101 | { |
| 5102 | wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j); |
| 5103 | bool marked = false; |
| 5104 | |
| 5105 | for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++) |
| 5106 | { |
| 5107 | if ( cell == cells[k] ) |
| 5108 | { |
| 5109 | marked = true; |
| 5110 | break; |
| 5111 | } |
| 5112 | } |
| 5113 | |
| 5114 | if (!marked) |
| 5115 | { |
| 5116 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); |
| 5117 | for (int k = 0; k < count; k++) |
| 5118 | { |
| 5119 | if ( cell == redrawCells[k] ) |
| 5120 | { |
| 5121 | marked = true; |
| 5122 | break; |
| 5123 | } |
| 5124 | } |
| 5125 | if (!marked) |
| 5126 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); |
| 5127 | } |
| 5128 | } |
| 5129 | break; |
| 5130 | } |
| 5131 | } |
| 5132 | } |
| 5133 | } |
| 5134 | |
| 5135 | DrawCell( dc, cells[i] ); |
| 5136 | } |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 | numCells = redrawCells.GetCount(); |
| 5139 | |
| 5140 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) |
| 5141 | { |
| 5142 | DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] ); |
| 5143 | } |
| 5144 | } |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) |
| 5147 | { |
| 5148 | int cw, ch; |
| 5149 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 | int right, bottom; |
| 5152 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); |
| 5153 | |
| 5154 | int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0; |
| 5155 | int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; |
| 5156 | |
| 5157 | if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) |
| 5158 | { |
| 5159 | int left, top; |
| 5160 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); |
| 5161 | |
| 5162 | dc.SetBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()); |
| 5163 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 | if ( right > rightCol ) |
| 5166 | { |
| 5167 | dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch ); |
| 5168 | } |
| 5169 | |
| 5170 | if ( bottom > bottomRow ) |
| 5171 | { |
| 5172 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow ); |
| 5173 | } |
| 5174 | } |
| 5175 | } |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) |
| 5178 | { |
| 5179 | int row = coords.GetRow(); |
| 5180 | int col = coords.GetCol(); |
| 5181 | |
| 5182 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) |
| 5183 | return; |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 | // we draw the cell border ourselves |
| 5186 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; |
| 5189 | |
| 5190 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); |
| 5191 | |
| 5192 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer |
| 5193 | // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! |
| 5194 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) |
| 5195 | { |
| 5196 | // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the |
| 5197 | // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered. |
| 5198 | // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered |
| 5199 | // implicitly, causing this out-of order render. |
| 5200 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) |
| 5201 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 5202 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); |
| 5203 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 5204 | #endif |
| 5205 | } |
| 5206 | else |
| 5207 | { |
| 5208 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized |
| 5209 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); |
| 5210 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); |
| 5211 | renderer->DecRef(); |
| 5212 | } |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 5215 | } |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) |
| 5218 | { |
| 5219 | // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus |
| 5220 | if ( !HasFocus() ) |
| 5221 | return; |
| 5222 | |
| 5223 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 5224 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) |
| 5227 | return; |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); |
| 5230 | |
| 5231 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? |
| 5232 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but |
| 5233 | // it doesn't look really good |
| 5234 | |
| 5235 | int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth; |
| 5236 | |
| 5237 | if (penWidth > 0) |
| 5238 | { |
| 5239 | // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of |
| 5240 | // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the |
| 5241 | // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of |
| 5242 | // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then |
| 5243 | // please #ifdef this appropriately. |
| 5244 | rect.x += penWidth / 2; |
| 5245 | rect.y += penWidth / 2; |
| 5246 | rect.width -= penWidth - 1; |
| 5247 | rect.height -= penWidth - 1; |
| 5248 | |
| 5249 | // Now draw the rectangle |
| 5250 | // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this |
| 5251 | // will ensure the cell is always visible. |
| 5252 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground |
| 5253 | : m_cellHighlightColour, |
| 5254 | penWidth)); |
| 5255 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); |
| 5256 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); |
| 5257 | } |
| 5258 | } |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 | wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen() |
| 5261 | { |
| 5262 | return wxPen(GetGridLineColour()); |
| 5263 | } |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 | wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row)) |
| 5266 | { |
| 5267 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); |
| 5268 | } |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 | wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col)) |
| 5271 | { |
| 5272 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); |
| 5273 | } |
| 5274 | |
| 5275 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) |
| 5276 | { |
| 5277 | int row = coords.GetRow(); |
| 5278 | int col = coords.GetCol(); |
| 5279 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) |
| 5280 | return; |
| 5281 | |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 | // right hand border |
| 5286 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) ); |
| 5287 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, |
| 5288 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 ); |
| 5289 | |
| 5290 | // bottom border |
| 5291 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) ); |
| 5292 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, |
| 5293 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height); |
| 5294 | } |
| 5295 | |
| 5296 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells) |
| 5297 | { |
| 5298 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't |
| 5299 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB |
| 5300 | // |
| 5301 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 5302 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) |
| 5303 | { |
| 5304 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); |
| 5305 | } |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) |
| 5308 | { |
| 5309 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown |
| 5310 | return; |
| 5311 | } |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it |
| 5314 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines |
| 5315 | size_t count = cells.GetCount(); |
| 5316 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 5317 | { |
| 5318 | wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n]; |
| 5319 | |
| 5320 | // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another |
| 5321 | // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor" |
| 5322 | // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by |
| 5323 | // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even |
| 5324 | // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment. |
| 5325 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 5326 | { |
| 5327 | int rows = 0, |
| 5328 | cols = 0; |
| 5329 | GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols); |
| 5330 | |
| 5331 | if ( rows < 0 ) |
| 5332 | cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows); |
| 5333 | |
| 5334 | if ( cols < 0 ) |
| 5335 | cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols); |
| 5336 | } |
| 5337 | |
| 5338 | if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords ) |
| 5339 | { |
| 5340 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); |
| 5341 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); |
| 5342 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 5343 | |
| 5344 | break; |
| 5345 | } |
| 5346 | } |
| 5347 | } |
| 5348 | |
| 5349 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour |
| 5350 | // has been changed |
| 5351 | // |
| 5352 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) ) |
| 5353 | { |
| 5354 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) |
| 5355 | return; |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 | int top, bottom, left, right; |
| 5358 | |
| 5359 | int cw, ch; |
| 5360 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); |
| 5361 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); |
| 5362 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col |
| 5365 | if ( m_gridLinesClipHorz ) |
| 5366 | { |
| 5367 | if ( !m_numCols ) |
| 5368 | return; |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 | const int lastColRight = GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)); |
| 5371 | if ( right > lastColRight ) |
| 5372 | right = lastColRight; |
| 5373 | } |
| 5374 | |
| 5375 | if ( m_gridLinesClipVert ) |
| 5376 | { |
| 5377 | if ( !m_numRows ) |
| 5378 | return; |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 | const int lastRowBottom = GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1); |
| 5381 | if ( bottom > lastRowBottom ) |
| 5382 | bottom = lastRowBottom; |
| 5383 | } |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 | // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out |
| 5386 | int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); |
| 5387 | int topRow = internalYToRow(top); |
| 5388 | int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) ); |
| 5389 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom); |
| 5390 | |
| 5391 | wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch); |
| 5392 | |
| 5393 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; |
| 5394 | wxRect rect; |
| 5395 | |
| 5396 | for ( int j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ ) |
| 5397 | { |
| 5398 | for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos <= rightCol; colPos++ ) |
| 5399 | { |
| 5400 | int i = GetColAt( colPos ); |
| 5401 | |
| 5402 | GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); |
| 5403 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) |
| 5404 | { |
| 5405 | rect = CellToRect(j,i); |
| 5406 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); |
| 5407 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); |
| 5408 | } |
| 5409 | else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) |
| 5410 | { |
| 5411 | rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols); |
| 5412 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); |
| 5413 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); |
| 5414 | } |
| 5415 | } |
| 5416 | } |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 | dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells ); |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 | // horizontal grid lines |
| 5422 | for ( int i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 5423 | { |
| 5424 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; |
| 5425 | |
| 5426 | if ( bot > bottom ) |
| 5427 | break; |
| 5428 | |
| 5429 | if ( bot >= top ) |
| 5430 | { |
| 5431 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) ); |
| 5432 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); |
| 5433 | } |
| 5434 | } |
| 5435 | |
| 5436 | // vertical grid lines |
| 5437 | for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 5438 | { |
| 5439 | int i = GetColAt( colPos ); |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 | int colRight = GetColRight(i); |
| 5442 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ |
| 5443 | if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft) |
| 5444 | #endif |
| 5445 | colRight--; |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 | if ( colRight > right ) |
| 5448 | break; |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 | if ( colRight >= left ) |
| 5451 | { |
| 5452 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) ); |
| 5453 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); |
| 5454 | } |
| 5455 | } |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); |
| 5458 | } |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows) |
| 5461 | { |
| 5462 | if ( !m_numRows ) |
| 5463 | return; |
| 5464 | |
| 5465 | const size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount(); |
| 5466 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) |
| 5467 | { |
| 5468 | DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] ); |
| 5469 | } |
| 5470 | } |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) |
| 5473 | { |
| 5474 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 ) |
| 5475 | return; |
| 5476 | |
| 5477 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * const |
| 5478 | attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL; |
| 5479 | |
| 5480 | // notice that an explicit static_cast is needed to avoid a compilation |
| 5481 | // error with VC7.1 which, for some reason, tries to instantiate (abstract) |
| 5482 | // wxGridRowHeaderRenderer class without it |
| 5483 | const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer& |
| 5484 | rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetRowHeaderRenderer(row) |
| 5485 | : static_cast<const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&> |
| 5486 | (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer); |
| 5487 | |
| 5488 | wxRect rect(0, GetRowTop(row), m_rowLabelWidth, GetRowHeight(row)); |
| 5489 | rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect); |
| 5490 | |
| 5491 | int hAlign, vAlign; |
| 5492 | GetRowLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 | rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetRowLabelValue(row), |
| 5495 | rect, hAlign, vAlign, wxHORIZONTAL); |
| 5496 | } |
| 5497 | |
| 5498 | void wxGrid::UseNativeColHeader(bool native) |
| 5499 | { |
| 5500 | if ( native == m_useNativeHeader ) |
| 5501 | return; |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 | delete m_colWindow; |
| 5504 | m_useNativeHeader = native; |
| 5505 | |
| 5506 | CreateColumnWindow(); |
| 5507 | |
| 5508 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) |
| 5509 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); |
| 5510 | CalcWindowSizes(); |
| 5511 | } |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 | void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native ) |
| 5514 | { |
| 5515 | wxASSERT_MSG( !m_useNativeHeader, |
| 5516 | "doesn't make sense when using native header" ); |
| 5517 | |
| 5518 | m_nativeColumnLabels = native; |
| 5519 | if (native) |
| 5520 | { |
| 5521 | int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this ); |
| 5522 | SetColLabelSize( height ); |
| 5523 | } |
| 5524 | |
| 5525 | GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh(); |
| 5526 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 5527 | } |
| 5528 | |
| 5529 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols ) |
| 5530 | { |
| 5531 | if ( !m_numCols ) |
| 5532 | return; |
| 5533 | |
| 5534 | const size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount(); |
| 5535 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) |
| 5536 | { |
| 5537 | DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] ); |
| 5538 | } |
| 5539 | } |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 | void wxGrid::DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc) |
| 5542 | { |
| 5543 | wxRect rect(wxSize(m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight)); |
| 5544 | |
| 5545 | if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) |
| 5546 | { |
| 5547 | rect.Deflate(1); |
| 5548 | |
| 5549 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton(m_cornerLabelWin, dc, rect, 0); |
| 5550 | } |
| 5551 | else |
| 5552 | { |
| 5553 | rect.width++; |
| 5554 | rect.height++; |
| 5555 | |
| 5556 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * const |
| 5557 | attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL; |
| 5558 | const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer& |
| 5559 | rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetCornerRenderer() |
| 5560 | : static_cast<wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer&> |
| 5561 | (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer); |
| 5562 | |
| 5563 | rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect); |
| 5564 | } |
| 5565 | } |
| 5566 | |
| 5567 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel(wxDC& dc, int col) |
| 5568 | { |
| 5569 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 ) |
| 5570 | return; |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col); |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 | wxRect rect(colLeft, 0, GetColWidth(col), m_colLabelHeight); |
| 5575 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * const |
| 5576 | attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL; |
| 5577 | const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer& |
| 5578 | rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetColumnHeaderRenderer(col) |
| 5579 | : static_cast<wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&> |
| 5580 | (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer); |
| 5581 | |
| 5582 | if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) |
| 5583 | { |
| 5584 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton |
| 5585 | ( |
| 5586 | GetColLabelWindow(), |
| 5587 | dc, |
| 5588 | rect, |
| 5589 | 0, |
| 5590 | IsSortingBy(col) |
| 5591 | ? IsSortOrderAscending() |
| 5592 | ? wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP |
| 5593 | : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN |
| 5594 | : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE |
| 5595 | ); |
| 5596 | rect.Deflate(2); |
| 5597 | } |
| 5598 | else |
| 5599 | { |
| 5600 | // It is reported that we need to erase the background to avoid display |
| 5601 | // artefacts, see #12055. |
| 5602 | wxDCBrushChanger setBrush(dc, m_colWindow->GetBackgroundColour()); |
| 5603 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 | rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect); |
| 5606 | } |
| 5607 | |
| 5608 | int hAlign, vAlign; |
| 5609 | GetColLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); |
| 5610 | const int orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation(); |
| 5611 | |
| 5612 | rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetColLabelValue(col), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient); |
| 5613 | } |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 | // TODO: these 2 functions should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which |
| 5616 | // we just have to add textOrientation support |
| 5617 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, |
| 5618 | const wxString& value, |
| 5619 | const wxRect& rect, |
| 5620 | int horizAlign, |
| 5621 | int vertAlign, |
| 5622 | int textOrientation ) const |
| 5623 | { |
| 5624 | wxArrayString lines; |
| 5625 | |
| 5626 | StringToLines( value, lines ); |
| 5627 | |
| 5628 | DrawTextRectangle(dc, lines, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation); |
| 5629 | } |
| 5630 | |
| 5631 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc, |
| 5632 | const wxArrayString& lines, |
| 5633 | const wxRect& rect, |
| 5634 | int horizAlign, |
| 5635 | int vertAlign, |
| 5636 | int textOrientation) const |
| 5637 | { |
| 5638 | if ( lines.empty() ) |
| 5639 | return; |
| 5640 | |
| 5641 | wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect); |
| 5642 | |
| 5643 | long textWidth, |
| 5644 | textHeight; |
| 5645 | |
| 5646 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 5647 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); |
| 5648 | else |
| 5649 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth ); |
| 5650 | |
| 5651 | int x = 0, |
| 5652 | y = 0; |
| 5653 | switch ( vertAlign ) |
| 5654 | { |
| 5655 | case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: |
| 5656 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 5657 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); |
| 5658 | else |
| 5659 | x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth; |
| 5660 | break; |
| 5661 | |
| 5662 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: |
| 5663 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 5664 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2); |
| 5665 | else |
| 5666 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2); |
| 5667 | break; |
| 5668 | |
| 5669 | case wxALIGN_TOP: |
| 5670 | default: |
| 5671 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 5672 | y = rect.y + 1; |
| 5673 | else |
| 5674 | x = rect.x + 1; |
| 5675 | break; |
| 5676 | } |
| 5677 | |
| 5678 | // Align each line of a multi-line label |
| 5679 | size_t nLines = lines.GetCount(); |
| 5680 | for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ ) |
| 5681 | { |
| 5682 | const wxString& line = lines[l]; |
| 5683 | |
| 5684 | if ( line.empty() ) |
| 5685 | { |
| 5686 | *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight(); |
| 5687 | continue; |
| 5688 | } |
| 5689 | |
| 5690 | wxCoord lineWidth = 0, |
| 5691 | lineHeight = 0; |
| 5692 | dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight); |
| 5693 | |
| 5694 | switch ( horizAlign ) |
| 5695 | { |
| 5696 | case wxALIGN_RIGHT: |
| 5697 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 5698 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1); |
| 5699 | else |
| 5700 | y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1; |
| 5701 | break; |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: |
| 5704 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 5705 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2); |
| 5706 | else |
| 5707 | y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2); |
| 5708 | break; |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | case wxALIGN_LEFT: |
| 5711 | default: |
| 5712 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 5713 | x = rect.x + 1; |
| 5714 | else |
| 5715 | y = rect.y + rect.height - 1; |
| 5716 | break; |
| 5717 | } |
| 5718 | |
| 5719 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 5720 | { |
| 5721 | dc.DrawText( line, x, y ); |
| 5722 | y += lineHeight; |
| 5723 | } |
| 5724 | else |
| 5725 | { |
| 5726 | dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 ); |
| 5727 | x += lineHeight; |
| 5728 | } |
| 5729 | } |
| 5730 | } |
| 5731 | |
| 5732 | // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings. |
| 5733 | // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved. |
| 5734 | // |
| 5735 | // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here |
| 5736 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const |
| 5737 | { |
| 5738 | int startPos = 0; |
| 5739 | int pos; |
| 5740 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); |
| 5741 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); |
| 5742 | |
| 5743 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) |
| 5744 | { |
| 5745 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); |
| 5746 | if ( pos < 0 ) |
| 5747 | { |
| 5748 | break; |
| 5749 | } |
| 5750 | else if ( pos == 0 ) |
| 5751 | { |
| 5752 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); |
| 5753 | } |
| 5754 | else |
| 5755 | { |
| 5756 | lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) ); |
| 5757 | } |
| 5758 | |
| 5759 | startPos += pos + 1; |
| 5760 | } |
| 5761 | |
| 5762 | if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) |
| 5763 | { |
| 5764 | lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) ); |
| 5765 | } |
| 5766 | } |
| 5767 | |
| 5768 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc, |
| 5769 | const wxArrayString& lines, |
| 5770 | long *width, long *height ) const |
| 5771 | { |
| 5772 | wxCoord w = 0; |
| 5773 | wxCoord h = 0; |
| 5774 | wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0; |
| 5775 | |
| 5776 | size_t i; |
| 5777 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) |
| 5778 | { |
| 5779 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); |
| 5780 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); |
| 5781 | h += lineH; |
| 5782 | } |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 | *width = w; |
| 5785 | *height = h; |
| 5786 | } |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 | // |
| 5789 | // ------ Batch processing. |
| 5790 | // |
| 5791 | void wxGrid::EndBatch() |
| 5792 | { |
| 5793 | if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) |
| 5794 | { |
| 5795 | m_batchCount--; |
| 5796 | if ( !m_batchCount ) |
| 5797 | { |
| 5798 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 5799 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 5800 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); |
| 5801 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 5802 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 5803 | } |
| 5804 | } |
| 5805 | } |
| 5806 | |
| 5807 | // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate |
| 5808 | // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a |
| 5809 | // BeginBatch / EndBatch block. |
| 5810 | // |
| 5811 | void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() |
| 5812 | { |
| 5813 | BeginBatch(); |
| 5814 | EndBatch(); |
| 5815 | } |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 | bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable) |
| 5818 | { |
| 5819 | if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) ) |
| 5820 | return false; |
| 5821 | |
| 5822 | // redraw in the new state |
| 5823 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 5824 | |
| 5825 | return true; |
| 5826 | } |
| 5827 | |
| 5828 | // |
| 5829 | // ------ Edit control functions |
| 5830 | // |
| 5831 | |
| 5832 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) |
| 5833 | { |
| 5834 | if ( edit != m_editable ) |
| 5835 | { |
| 5836 | if (!edit) |
| 5837 | EnableCellEditControl(edit); |
| 5838 | m_editable = edit; |
| 5839 | } |
| 5840 | } |
| 5841 | |
| 5842 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) |
| 5843 | { |
| 5844 | if (! m_editable) |
| 5845 | return; |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) |
| 5848 | { |
| 5849 | if ( enable ) |
| 5850 | { |
| 5851 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) == -1 ) |
| 5852 | return; |
| 5853 | |
| 5854 | // this should be checked by the caller! |
| 5855 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), wxT("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); |
| 5856 | |
| 5857 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() |
| 5858 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; |
| 5859 | |
| 5860 | ShowCellEditControl(); |
| 5861 | } |
| 5862 | else |
| 5863 | { |
| 5864 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN); |
| 5865 | |
| 5866 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 5867 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() |
| 5870 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; |
| 5871 | } |
| 5872 | } |
| 5873 | } |
| 5874 | |
| 5875 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const |
| 5876 | { |
| 5877 | wxGridCellAttr* |
| 5878 | attr = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); |
| 5879 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); |
| 5880 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 5881 | |
| 5882 | return readonly; |
| 5883 | } |
| 5884 | |
| 5885 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const |
| 5886 | { |
| 5887 | return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) && |
| 5888 | !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); |
| 5889 | } |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const |
| 5892 | { |
| 5893 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the |
| 5894 | // current one if it's read only |
| 5895 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false; |
| 5896 | } |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const |
| 5899 | { |
| 5900 | bool isShown = false; |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) |
| 5903 | { |
| 5904 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 5905 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 5906 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 5907 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); |
| 5908 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 5909 | |
| 5910 | if ( editor ) |
| 5911 | { |
| 5912 | if ( editor->IsCreated() ) |
| 5913 | { |
| 5914 | isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); |
| 5915 | } |
| 5916 | |
| 5917 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 5918 | } |
| 5919 | } |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 | return isShown; |
| 5922 | } |
| 5923 | |
| 5924 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() |
| 5925 | { |
| 5926 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) |
| 5927 | { |
| 5928 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) |
| 5929 | { |
| 5930 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; |
| 5931 | return; |
| 5932 | } |
| 5933 | else |
| 5934 | { |
| 5935 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); |
| 5936 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 5937 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 | // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft) |
| 5940 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; |
| 5941 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); |
| 5942 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) |
| 5943 | { |
| 5944 | row += cell_rows; |
| 5945 | col += cell_cols; |
| 5946 | m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row ); |
| 5947 | m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col ); |
| 5948 | } |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor |
| 5951 | // might not cover the entire cell |
| 5952 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 5953 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 5954 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 5955 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour())); |
| 5956 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); |
| 5957 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); |
| 5958 | |
| 5959 | // convert to scrolled coords |
| 5960 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); |
| 5961 | |
| 5962 | int nXMove = 0; |
| 5963 | if (rect.x < 0) |
| 5964 | nXMove = rect.x; |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 | // cell is shifted by one pixel |
| 5967 | // However, don't allow x or y to become negative |
| 5968 | // since the SetSize() method interprets that as |
| 5969 | // "don't change." |
| 5970 | if (rect.x > 0) |
| 5971 | rect.x--; |
| 5972 | if (rect.y > 0) |
| 5973 | rect.y--; |
| 5974 | |
| 5975 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 5976 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) |
| 5977 | { |
| 5978 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY, |
| 5979 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); |
| 5980 | |
| 5981 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(), |
| 5982 | wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, |
| 5983 | this, |
| 5984 | row, |
| 5985 | col, |
| 5986 | editor->GetControl()); |
| 5987 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); |
| 5988 | } |
| 5989 | |
| 5990 | // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed |
| 5991 | int maxWidth = rect.width; |
| 5992 | wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col); |
| 5993 | if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) ) |
| 5994 | { |
| 5995 | int y; |
| 5996 | GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont()); |
| 5997 | if (maxWidth < rect.width) |
| 5998 | maxWidth = rect.width; |
| 5999 | } |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 | int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); |
| 6002 | if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right) |
| 6003 | maxWidth = client_right - rect.x; |
| 6004 | |
| 6005 | if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table) |
| 6006 | { |
| 6007 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); |
| 6008 | // may have changed earlier |
| 6009 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++) |
| 6010 | { |
| 6011 | int c_rows, c_cols; |
| 6012 | GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols ); |
| 6013 | |
| 6014 | // looks weird going over a multicell |
| 6015 | if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) && |
| 6016 | (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1)) |
| 6017 | { |
| 6018 | rect.width += GetColWidth( i ); |
| 6019 | } |
| 6020 | else |
| 6021 | break; |
| 6022 | } |
| 6023 | |
| 6024 | if (rect.GetRight() > client_right) |
| 6025 | rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 ); |
| 6026 | } |
| 6027 | |
| 6028 | editor->SetCellAttr( attr ); |
| 6029 | editor->SetSize( rect ); |
| 6030 | if (nXMove != 0) |
| 6031 | editor->GetControl()->Move( |
| 6032 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove, |
| 6033 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y ); |
| 6034 | editor->Show( true, attr ); |
| 6035 | |
| 6036 | // recalc dimensions in case we need to |
| 6037 | // expand the scrolled window to account for editor |
| 6038 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 6039 | |
| 6040 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); |
| 6041 | editor->SetCellAttr(NULL); |
| 6042 | |
| 6043 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 6044 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 6045 | } |
| 6046 | } |
| 6047 | } |
| 6048 | |
| 6049 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() |
| 6050 | { |
| 6051 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) |
| 6052 | { |
| 6053 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 6054 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 6055 | |
| 6056 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 6057 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 6058 | const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus(); |
| 6059 | editor->Show( false ); |
| 6060 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 6061 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 6062 | |
| 6063 | // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it |
| 6064 | // |
| 6065 | // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing |
| 6066 | // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the |
| 6067 | // editor precisely because we lost focus |
| 6068 | if ( editorHadFocus ) |
| 6069 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); |
| 6070 | |
| 6071 | // refresh whole row to the right |
| 6072 | wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) ); |
| 6073 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); |
| 6074 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x; |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ |
| 6077 | // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well |
| 6078 | rect.Inflate(10, 10); |
| 6079 | #endif |
| 6080 | |
| 6081 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); |
| 6082 | } |
| 6083 | } |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() |
| 6086 | { |
| 6087 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) |
| 6088 | { |
| 6089 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 6090 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 6091 | |
| 6092 | wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col); |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 6095 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 6096 | |
| 6097 | wxString newval; |
| 6098 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this, oldval, &newval); |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 | if ( changed && SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, newval) != -1 ) |
| 6101 | { |
| 6102 | editor->ApplyEdit(row, col, this); |
| 6103 | |
| 6104 | // for compatibility reasons dating back to wx 2.8 when this event |
| 6105 | // was called wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE and wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING |
| 6106 | // didn't exist we allow vetoing this one too |
| 6107 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, oldval) == -1 ) |
| 6108 | { |
| 6109 | // Event has been vetoed, set the data back. |
| 6110 | SetCellValue(row, col, oldval); |
| 6111 | } |
| 6112 | } |
| 6113 | |
| 6114 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 6115 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 6116 | } |
| 6117 | } |
| 6118 | |
| 6119 | // |
| 6120 | // ------ Grid location functions |
| 6121 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of |
| 6122 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device |
| 6123 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. |
| 6124 | // |
| 6125 | |
| 6126 | wxGridCellCoords wxGrid::XYToCell(int x, int y) const |
| 6127 | { |
| 6128 | int row = YToRow(y); |
| 6129 | int col = XToCol(x); |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 | return row == -1 || col == -1 ? wxGridNoCellCoords |
| 6132 | : wxGridCellCoords(row, col); |
| 6133 | } |
| 6134 | |
| 6135 | // compute row or column from some (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either |
| 6136 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array of |
| 6137 | // m_rowBottoms/m_colRights to do it quickly (linear search shouldn't be used |
| 6138 | // for large grids) |
| 6139 | int wxGrid::PosToLinePos(int coord, |
| 6140 | bool clipToMinMax, |
| 6141 | const wxGridOperations& oper) const |
| 6142 | { |
| 6143 | const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this); |
| 6144 | |
| 6145 | if ( coord < 0 ) |
| 6146 | return clipToMinMax && numLines > 0 ? 0 : wxNOT_FOUND; |
| 6147 | |
| 6148 | const int defaultLineSize = oper.GetDefaultLineSize(this); |
| 6149 | wxCHECK_MSG( defaultLineSize, -1, "can't have 0 default line size" ); |
| 6150 | |
| 6151 | int maxPos = coord / defaultLineSize, |
| 6152 | minPos = 0; |
| 6153 | |
| 6154 | // check for the simplest case: if we have no explicit line sizes |
| 6155 | // configured, then we already know the line this position falls in |
| 6156 | const wxArrayInt& lineEnds = oper.GetLineEnds(this); |
| 6157 | if ( lineEnds.empty() ) |
| 6158 | { |
| 6159 | if ( maxPos < numLines ) |
| 6160 | return maxPos; |
| 6161 | |
| 6162 | return clipToMinMax ? numLines - 1 : -1; |
| 6163 | } |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 | |
| 6166 | // adjust maxPos before starting the binary search |
| 6167 | if ( maxPos >= numLines ) |
| 6168 | { |
| 6169 | maxPos = numLines - 1; |
| 6170 | } |
| 6171 | else |
| 6172 | { |
| 6173 | if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)]) |
| 6174 | { |
| 6175 | minPos = maxPos; |
| 6176 | const int minDist = oper.GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(this); |
| 6177 | if ( minDist ) |
| 6178 | maxPos = coord / minDist; |
| 6179 | else |
| 6180 | maxPos = numLines - 1; |
| 6181 | } |
| 6182 | |
| 6183 | if ( maxPos >= numLines ) |
| 6184 | maxPos = numLines - 1; |
| 6185 | } |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 | // check if the position is beyond the last column |
| 6188 | const int lineAtMaxPos = oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos); |
| 6189 | if ( coord >= lineEnds[lineAtMaxPos] ) |
| 6190 | return clipToMinMax ? maxPos : -1; |
| 6191 | |
| 6192 | // or before the first one |
| 6193 | const int lineAt0 = oper.GetLineAt(this, 0); |
| 6194 | if ( coord < lineEnds[lineAt0] ) |
| 6195 | return 0; |
| 6196 | |
| 6197 | |
| 6198 | // finally do perform the binary search |
| 6199 | while ( minPos < maxPos ) |
| 6200 | { |
| 6201 | wxCHECK_MSG( lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, minPos)] <= coord && |
| 6202 | coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)], |
| 6203 | -1, |
| 6204 | "wxGrid: internal error in PosToLinePos()" ); |
| 6205 | |
| 6206 | if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos - 1)] ) |
| 6207 | return maxPos; |
| 6208 | else |
| 6209 | maxPos--; |
| 6210 | |
| 6211 | const int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2; |
| 6212 | if ( coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, median)] ) |
| 6213 | maxPos = median; |
| 6214 | else |
| 6215 | minPos = median; |
| 6216 | } |
| 6217 | |
| 6218 | return maxPos; |
| 6219 | } |
| 6220 | |
| 6221 | int |
| 6222 | wxGrid::PosToLine(int coord, |
| 6223 | bool clipToMinMax, |
| 6224 | const wxGridOperations& oper) const |
| 6225 | { |
| 6226 | int pos = PosToLinePos(coord, clipToMinMax, oper); |
| 6227 | |
| 6228 | return pos == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxNOT_FOUND : oper.GetLineAt(this, pos); |
| 6229 | } |
| 6230 | |
| 6231 | int wxGrid::YToRow(int y, bool clipToMinMax) const |
| 6232 | { |
| 6233 | return PosToLine(y, clipToMinMax, wxGridRowOperations()); |
| 6234 | } |
| 6235 | |
| 6236 | int wxGrid::XToCol(int x, bool clipToMinMax) const |
| 6237 | { |
| 6238 | return PosToLine(x, clipToMinMax, wxGridColumnOperations()); |
| 6239 | } |
| 6240 | |
| 6241 | int wxGrid::XToPos(int x) const |
| 6242 | { |
| 6243 | return PosToLinePos(x, true /* clip */, wxGridColumnOperations()); |
| 6244 | } |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 | // return the row number such that the y coord is near the edge of, or -1 if |
| 6247 | // not near an edge. |
| 6248 | // |
| 6249 | // notice that position can only possibly be near an edge if the row/column is |
| 6250 | // large enough to still allow for an "inner" area that is _not_ near the edge |
| 6251 | // (i.e., if the height/width is smaller than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, pos will |
| 6252 | // _never_ be considered to be near the edge). |
| 6253 | int wxGrid::PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const |
| 6254 | { |
| 6255 | const int line = oper.PosToLine(this, pos, true); |
| 6256 | |
| 6257 | if ( oper.GetLineSize(this, line) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) |
| 6258 | { |
| 6259 | // We know that we are in this line, test whether we are close enough |
| 6260 | // to start or end border, respectively. |
| 6261 | if ( abs(oper.GetLineEndPos(this, line) - pos) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) |
| 6262 | return line; |
| 6263 | else if ( line > 0 && |
| 6264 | pos - oper.GetLineStartPos(this, |
| 6265 | line) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) |
| 6266 | { |
| 6267 | return oper.GetLineBefore(this, line); |
| 6268 | } |
| 6269 | } |
| 6270 | |
| 6271 | return -1; |
| 6272 | } |
| 6273 | |
| 6274 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow(int y) const |
| 6275 | { |
| 6276 | return PosToEdgeOfLine(y, wxGridRowOperations()); |
| 6277 | } |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol(int x) const |
| 6280 | { |
| 6281 | return PosToEdgeOfLine(x, wxGridColumnOperations()); |
| 6282 | } |
| 6283 | |
| 6284 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const |
| 6285 | { |
| 6286 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); |
| 6287 | |
| 6288 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && |
| 6289 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) |
| 6290 | { |
| 6291 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols; |
| 6292 | rect.width = rect.height = 0; |
| 6293 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); |
| 6294 | // if negative then find multicell owner |
| 6295 | if (cell_rows < 0) |
| 6296 | row += cell_rows; |
| 6297 | if (cell_cols < 0) |
| 6298 | col += cell_cols; |
| 6299 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); |
| 6300 | |
| 6301 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); |
| 6302 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); |
| 6303 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) |
| 6304 | rect.width += GetColWidth(i); |
| 6305 | for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++) |
| 6306 | rect.height += GetRowHeight(i); |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 | // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller |
| 6309 | if (m_gridLinesEnabled) |
| 6310 | { |
| 6311 | rect.width -= 1; |
| 6312 | rect.height -= 1; |
| 6313 | } |
| 6314 | } |
| 6315 | |
| 6316 | return rect; |
| 6317 | } |
| 6318 | |
| 6319 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const |
| 6320 | { |
| 6321 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords |
| 6322 | // |
| 6323 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); |
| 6324 | |
| 6325 | // convert to device coords |
| 6326 | // |
| 6327 | int left, top, right, bottom; |
| 6328 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); |
| 6329 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); |
| 6330 | |
| 6331 | // check against the client area of the grid window |
| 6332 | int cw, ch; |
| 6333 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 6334 | |
| 6335 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) |
| 6336 | { |
| 6337 | // is the cell wholly visible ? |
| 6338 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && |
| 6339 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); |
| 6340 | } |
| 6341 | else |
| 6342 | { |
| 6343 | // is the cell partly visible ? |
| 6344 | // |
| 6345 | return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && |
| 6346 | ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); |
| 6347 | } |
| 6348 | } |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount |
| 6351 | // of scrolling |
| 6352 | // |
| 6353 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) |
| 6354 | { |
| 6355 | int i; |
| 6356 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; |
| 6357 | |
| 6358 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && |
| 6359 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) |
| 6360 | { |
| 6361 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords |
| 6362 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 | // convert to device coords |
| 6365 | int left, top, right, bottom; |
| 6366 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); |
| 6367 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); |
| 6368 | |
| 6369 | int cw, ch; |
| 6370 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 | if ( top < 0 ) |
| 6373 | { |
| 6374 | ypos = r.GetTop(); |
| 6375 | } |
| 6376 | else if ( bottom > ch ) |
| 6377 | { |
| 6378 | int h = r.GetHeight(); |
| 6379 | ypos = r.GetTop(); |
| 6380 | for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) |
| 6381 | { |
| 6382 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); |
| 6383 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) |
| 6384 | break; |
| 6385 | |
| 6386 | h += rowHeight; |
| 6387 | ypos -= rowHeight; |
| 6388 | } |
| 6389 | |
| 6390 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't |
| 6391 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, |
| 6392 | // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) |
| 6393 | // |
| 6394 | // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough, |
| 6395 | // so just add a full scroll unit... |
| 6396 | ypos += m_yScrollPixelsPerLine; |
| 6397 | } |
| 6398 | |
| 6399 | // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell! |
| 6400 | // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between |
| 6401 | // left and right part of the cell on every step! |
| 6402 | // if ( left < 0 ) |
| 6403 | if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw ) |
| 6404 | { |
| 6405 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); |
| 6406 | } |
| 6407 | else if ( right > cw ) |
| 6408 | { |
| 6409 | // position the view so that the cell is on the right |
| 6410 | int x0, y0; |
| 6411 | CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0); |
| 6412 | xpos = x0 + (right - cw); |
| 6413 | |
| 6414 | // see comment for ypos above |
| 6415 | xpos += m_xScrollPixelsPerLine; |
| 6416 | } |
| 6417 | |
| 6418 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) |
| 6419 | { |
| 6420 | if ( xpos != -1 ) |
| 6421 | xpos /= m_xScrollPixelsPerLine; |
| 6422 | if ( ypos != -1 ) |
| 6423 | ypos /= m_yScrollPixelsPerLine; |
| 6424 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); |
| 6425 | AdjustScrollbars(); |
| 6426 | } |
| 6427 | } |
| 6428 | } |
| 6429 | |
| 6430 | // |
| 6431 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions |
| 6432 | // |
| 6433 | |
| 6434 | bool |
| 6435 | wxGrid::DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection, |
| 6436 | const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) |
| 6437 | { |
| 6438 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 6439 | return false; |
| 6440 | |
| 6441 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 6442 | { |
| 6443 | wxGridCellCoords coords = m_selectedBlockCorner; |
| 6444 | if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 6445 | coords = m_currentCellCoords; |
| 6446 | |
| 6447 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) |
| 6448 | return false; |
| 6449 | |
| 6450 | diroper.Advance(coords); |
| 6451 | |
| 6452 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); |
| 6453 | } |
| 6454 | else // don't expand selection |
| 6455 | { |
| 6456 | ClearSelection(); |
| 6457 | |
| 6458 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) |
| 6459 | return false; |
| 6460 | |
| 6461 | wxGridCellCoords coords = m_currentCellCoords; |
| 6462 | diroper.Advance(coords); |
| 6463 | |
| 6464 | GoToCell(coords); |
| 6465 | } |
| 6466 | |
| 6467 | return true; |
| 6468 | } |
| 6469 | |
| 6470 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp(bool expandSelection) |
| 6471 | { |
| 6472 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, |
| 6473 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); |
| 6474 | } |
| 6475 | |
| 6476 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown(bool expandSelection) |
| 6477 | { |
| 6478 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, |
| 6479 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); |
| 6480 | } |
| 6481 | |
| 6482 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft(bool expandSelection) |
| 6483 | { |
| 6484 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, |
| 6485 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())); |
| 6486 | } |
| 6487 | |
| 6488 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight(bool expandSelection) |
| 6489 | { |
| 6490 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, |
| 6491 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())); |
| 6492 | } |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 | bool wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) |
| 6495 | { |
| 6496 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 6497 | return false; |
| 6498 | |
| 6499 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) |
| 6500 | return false; |
| 6501 | |
| 6502 | const int oldRow = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 6503 | int newRow = diroper.MoveByPixelDistance(oldRow, m_gridWin->GetClientSize().y); |
| 6504 | if ( newRow == oldRow ) |
| 6505 | { |
| 6506 | wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords); |
| 6507 | diroper.Advance(coords); |
| 6508 | newRow = coords.GetRow(); |
| 6509 | } |
| 6510 | |
| 6511 | GoToCell(newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()); |
| 6512 | |
| 6513 | return true; |
| 6514 | } |
| 6515 | |
| 6516 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() |
| 6517 | { |
| 6518 | return DoMoveCursorByPage( |
| 6519 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); |
| 6520 | } |
| 6521 | |
| 6522 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() |
| 6523 | { |
| 6524 | return DoMoveCursorByPage( |
| 6525 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); |
| 6526 | } |
| 6527 | |
| 6528 | // helper of DoMoveCursorByBlock(): advance the cell coordinates using diroper |
| 6529 | // until we find a non-empty cell or reach the grid end |
| 6530 | void |
| 6531 | wxGrid::AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords, |
| 6532 | const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) |
| 6533 | { |
| 6534 | while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) |
| 6535 | { |
| 6536 | diroper.Advance(coords); |
| 6537 | if ( !m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) |
| 6538 | break; |
| 6539 | } |
| 6540 | } |
| 6541 | |
| 6542 | bool |
| 6543 | wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection, |
| 6544 | const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) |
| 6545 | { |
| 6546 | if ( !m_table || m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 6547 | return false; |
| 6548 | |
| 6549 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) |
| 6550 | return false; |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 | wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords); |
| 6553 | if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) |
| 6554 | { |
| 6555 | // we are in an empty cell: find the next block of non-empty cells |
| 6556 | AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper); |
| 6557 | } |
| 6558 | else // current cell is not empty |
| 6559 | { |
| 6560 | diroper.Advance(coords); |
| 6561 | if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) |
| 6562 | { |
| 6563 | // we started at the end of a block, find the next one |
| 6564 | AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper); |
| 6565 | } |
| 6566 | else // we're in a middle of a block |
| 6567 | { |
| 6568 | // go to the end of it, i.e. find the last cell before the next |
| 6569 | // empty one |
| 6570 | while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) |
| 6571 | { |
| 6572 | wxGridCellCoords coordsNext(coords); |
| 6573 | diroper.Advance(coordsNext); |
| 6574 | if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coordsNext) ) |
| 6575 | break; |
| 6576 | |
| 6577 | coords = coordsNext; |
| 6578 | } |
| 6579 | } |
| 6580 | } |
| 6581 | |
| 6582 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 6583 | { |
| 6584 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); |
| 6585 | } |
| 6586 | else |
| 6587 | { |
| 6588 | ClearSelection(); |
| 6589 | GoToCell(coords); |
| 6590 | } |
| 6591 | |
| 6592 | return true; |
| 6593 | } |
| 6594 | |
| 6595 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock(bool expandSelection) |
| 6596 | { |
| 6597 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( |
| 6598 | expandSelection, |
| 6599 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()) |
| 6600 | ); |
| 6601 | } |
| 6602 | |
| 6603 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) |
| 6604 | { |
| 6605 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( |
| 6606 | expandSelection, |
| 6607 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()) |
| 6608 | ); |
| 6609 | } |
| 6610 | |
| 6611 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) |
| 6612 | { |
| 6613 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( |
| 6614 | expandSelection, |
| 6615 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()) |
| 6616 | ); |
| 6617 | } |
| 6618 | |
| 6619 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) |
| 6620 | { |
| 6621 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( |
| 6622 | expandSelection, |
| 6623 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()) |
| 6624 | ); |
| 6625 | } |
| 6626 | |
| 6627 | // |
| 6628 | // ------ Label values and formatting |
| 6629 | // |
| 6630 | |
| 6631 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const |
| 6632 | { |
| 6633 | if ( horiz ) |
| 6634 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; |
| 6635 | if ( vert ) |
| 6636 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; |
| 6637 | } |
| 6638 | |
| 6639 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const |
| 6640 | { |
| 6641 | if ( horiz ) |
| 6642 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; |
| 6643 | if ( vert ) |
| 6644 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; |
| 6645 | } |
| 6646 | |
| 6647 | int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const |
| 6648 | { |
| 6649 | return m_colLabelTextOrientation; |
| 6650 | } |
| 6651 | |
| 6652 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const |
| 6653 | { |
| 6654 | if ( m_table ) |
| 6655 | { |
| 6656 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); |
| 6657 | } |
| 6658 | else |
| 6659 | { |
| 6660 | wxString s; |
| 6661 | s << row; |
| 6662 | return s; |
| 6663 | } |
| 6664 | } |
| 6665 | |
| 6666 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const |
| 6667 | { |
| 6668 | if ( m_table ) |
| 6669 | { |
| 6670 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); |
| 6671 | } |
| 6672 | else |
| 6673 | { |
| 6674 | wxString s; |
| 6675 | s << col; |
| 6676 | return s; |
| 6677 | } |
| 6678 | } |
| 6679 | |
| 6680 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) |
| 6681 | { |
| 6682 | wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); |
| 6683 | |
| 6684 | if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) |
| 6685 | { |
| 6686 | width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW); |
| 6687 | } |
| 6688 | |
| 6689 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) |
| 6690 | { |
| 6691 | if ( width == 0 ) |
| 6692 | { |
| 6693 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( false ); |
| 6694 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); |
| 6695 | } |
| 6696 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) |
| 6697 | { |
| 6698 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( true ); |
| 6699 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) |
| 6700 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); |
| 6701 | } |
| 6702 | |
| 6703 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; |
| 6704 | CalcWindowSizes(); |
| 6705 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); |
| 6706 | } |
| 6707 | } |
| 6708 | |
| 6709 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) |
| 6710 | { |
| 6711 | wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); |
| 6712 | |
| 6713 | if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) |
| 6714 | { |
| 6715 | height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN); |
| 6716 | } |
| 6717 | |
| 6718 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) |
| 6719 | { |
| 6720 | if ( height == 0 ) |
| 6721 | { |
| 6722 | m_colWindow->Show( false ); |
| 6723 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); |
| 6724 | } |
| 6725 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) |
| 6726 | { |
| 6727 | m_colWindow->Show( true ); |
| 6728 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) |
| 6729 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); |
| 6730 | } |
| 6731 | |
| 6732 | m_colLabelHeight = height; |
| 6733 | CalcWindowSizes(); |
| 6734 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); |
| 6735 | } |
| 6736 | } |
| 6737 | |
| 6738 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) |
| 6739 | { |
| 6740 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) |
| 6741 | { |
| 6742 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; |
| 6743 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); |
| 6744 | m_colWindow->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); |
| 6745 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); |
| 6746 | |
| 6747 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 6748 | { |
| 6749 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 6750 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); |
| 6751 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 6752 | } |
| 6753 | } |
| 6754 | } |
| 6755 | |
| 6756 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) |
| 6757 | { |
| 6758 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) |
| 6759 | { |
| 6760 | m_labelTextColour = colour; |
| 6761 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 6762 | { |
| 6763 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 6764 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); |
| 6765 | } |
| 6766 | } |
| 6767 | } |
| 6768 | |
| 6769 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) |
| 6770 | { |
| 6771 | m_labelFont = font; |
| 6772 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 6773 | { |
| 6774 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 6775 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); |
| 6776 | } |
| 6777 | } |
| 6778 | |
| 6779 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) |
| 6780 | { |
| 6781 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used |
| 6782 | switch ( horiz ) |
| 6783 | { |
| 6784 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; |
| 6785 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; |
| 6786 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; |
| 6787 | } |
| 6788 | |
| 6789 | switch ( vert ) |
| 6790 | { |
| 6791 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; |
| 6792 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; |
| 6793 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; |
| 6794 | } |
| 6795 | |
| 6796 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) |
| 6797 | { |
| 6798 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; |
| 6799 | } |
| 6800 | |
| 6801 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) |
| 6802 | { |
| 6803 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; |
| 6804 | } |
| 6805 | |
| 6806 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 6807 | { |
| 6808 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 6809 | } |
| 6810 | } |
| 6811 | |
| 6812 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) |
| 6813 | { |
| 6814 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used |
| 6815 | switch ( horiz ) |
| 6816 | { |
| 6817 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; |
| 6818 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; |
| 6819 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; |
| 6820 | } |
| 6821 | |
| 6822 | switch ( vert ) |
| 6823 | { |
| 6824 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; |
| 6825 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; |
| 6826 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; |
| 6827 | } |
| 6828 | |
| 6829 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) |
| 6830 | { |
| 6831 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; |
| 6832 | } |
| 6833 | |
| 6834 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) |
| 6835 | { |
| 6836 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; |
| 6837 | } |
| 6838 | |
| 6839 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 6840 | { |
| 6841 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); |
| 6842 | } |
| 6843 | } |
| 6844 | |
| 6845 | // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it |
| 6846 | // does not support vertical printing |
| 6847 | // |
| 6848 | // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD); |
| 6849 | // pGrid->SetLabelFont(font); |
| 6850 | // pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL); |
| 6851 | // |
| 6852 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation ) |
| 6853 | { |
| 6854 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL ) |
| 6855 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation; |
| 6856 | |
| 6857 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 6858 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); |
| 6859 | } |
| 6860 | |
| 6861 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) |
| 6862 | { |
| 6863 | if ( m_table ) |
| 6864 | { |
| 6865 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); |
| 6866 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 6867 | { |
| 6868 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 ); |
| 6869 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) |
| 6870 | { |
| 6871 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); |
| 6872 | rect.x = 0; |
| 6873 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 6874 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); |
| 6875 | } |
| 6876 | } |
| 6877 | } |
| 6878 | } |
| 6879 | |
| 6880 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) |
| 6881 | { |
| 6882 | if ( m_table ) |
| 6883 | { |
| 6884 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); |
| 6885 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 6886 | { |
| 6887 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) |
| 6888 | { |
| 6889 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); |
| 6890 | } |
| 6891 | else |
| 6892 | { |
| 6893 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); |
| 6894 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) |
| 6895 | { |
| 6896 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); |
| 6897 | rect.y = 0; |
| 6898 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; |
| 6899 | GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect ); |
| 6900 | } |
| 6901 | } |
| 6902 | } |
| 6903 | } |
| 6904 | } |
| 6905 | |
| 6906 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) |
| 6907 | { |
| 6908 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) |
| 6909 | { |
| 6910 | m_gridLineColour = colour; |
| 6911 | |
| 6912 | if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) |
| 6913 | RedrawGridLines(); |
| 6914 | } |
| 6915 | } |
| 6916 | |
| 6917 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) |
| 6918 | { |
| 6919 | if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) |
| 6920 | { |
| 6921 | m_cellHighlightColour = colour; |
| 6922 | |
| 6923 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 6924 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 6925 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); |
| 6926 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); |
| 6927 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 6928 | } |
| 6929 | } |
| 6930 | |
| 6931 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width) |
| 6932 | { |
| 6933 | if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) |
| 6934 | { |
| 6935 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width; |
| 6936 | |
| 6937 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't |
| 6938 | // make any visible change if the thickness is getting smaller. |
| 6939 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 6940 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 6941 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) |
| 6942 | return; |
| 6943 | |
| 6944 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); |
| 6945 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); |
| 6946 | } |
| 6947 | } |
| 6948 | |
| 6949 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width) |
| 6950 | { |
| 6951 | if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) |
| 6952 | { |
| 6953 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width; |
| 6954 | |
| 6955 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't |
| 6956 | // make any visible change if the thickness is getting smaller. |
| 6957 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 6958 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 6959 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || |
| 6960 | GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) |
| 6961 | return; |
| 6962 | |
| 6963 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); |
| 6964 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); |
| 6965 | } |
| 6966 | } |
| 6967 | |
| 6968 | void wxGrid::RedrawGridLines() |
| 6969 | { |
| 6970 | // the lines will be redrawn when the window is thawn |
| 6971 | if ( GetBatchCount() ) |
| 6972 | return; |
| 6973 | |
| 6974 | if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) |
| 6975 | { |
| 6976 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 6977 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 6978 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); |
| 6979 | } |
| 6980 | else // remove the grid lines |
| 6981 | { |
| 6982 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 6983 | } |
| 6984 | } |
| 6985 | |
| 6986 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) |
| 6987 | { |
| 6988 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) |
| 6989 | { |
| 6990 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; |
| 6991 | |
| 6992 | RedrawGridLines(); |
| 6993 | } |
| 6994 | } |
| 6995 | |
| 6996 | void wxGrid::DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip) |
| 6997 | { |
| 6998 | if ( clip != var ) |
| 6999 | { |
| 7000 | var = clip; |
| 7001 | |
| 7002 | if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) |
| 7003 | RedrawGridLines(); |
| 7004 | } |
| 7005 | } |
| 7006 | |
| 7007 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const |
| 7008 | { |
| 7009 | return m_defaultRowHeight; |
| 7010 | } |
| 7011 | |
| 7012 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const |
| 7013 | { |
| 7014 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, wxT("invalid row index") ); |
| 7015 | |
| 7016 | return GetRowHeight(row); |
| 7017 | } |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const |
| 7020 | { |
| 7021 | return m_defaultColWidth; |
| 7022 | } |
| 7023 | |
| 7024 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const |
| 7025 | { |
| 7026 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, wxT("invalid column index") ); |
| 7027 | |
| 7028 | return GetColWidth(col); |
| 7029 | } |
| 7030 | |
| 7031 | // ============================================================================ |
| 7032 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid |
| 7033 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis |
| 7034 | // ============================================================================ |
| 7035 | |
| 7036 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7037 | // setting default attributes |
| 7038 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7039 | |
| 7040 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) |
| 7041 | { |
| 7042 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); |
| 7043 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ |
| 7044 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); |
| 7045 | #endif |
| 7046 | } |
| 7047 | |
| 7048 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) |
| 7049 | { |
| 7050 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); |
| 7051 | } |
| 7052 | |
| 7053 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) |
| 7054 | { |
| 7055 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); |
| 7056 | } |
| 7057 | |
| 7058 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow ) |
| 7059 | { |
| 7060 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow); |
| 7061 | } |
| 7062 | |
| 7063 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) |
| 7064 | { |
| 7065 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); |
| 7066 | } |
| 7067 | |
| 7068 | // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the |
| 7069 | // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string |
| 7070 | // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to |
| 7071 | // work correctly. |
| 7072 | |
| 7073 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) |
| 7074 | { |
| 7075 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, |
| 7076 | renderer, |
| 7077 | GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING)); |
| 7078 | } |
| 7079 | |
| 7080 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) |
| 7081 | { |
| 7082 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, |
| 7083 | GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING), |
| 7084 | editor); |
| 7085 | } |
| 7086 | |
| 7087 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7088 | // access to the default attributes |
| 7089 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7090 | |
| 7091 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const |
| 7092 | { |
| 7093 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); |
| 7094 | } |
| 7095 | |
| 7096 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const |
| 7097 | { |
| 7098 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); |
| 7099 | } |
| 7100 | |
| 7101 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const |
| 7102 | { |
| 7103 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); |
| 7104 | } |
| 7105 | |
| 7106 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const |
| 7107 | { |
| 7108 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); |
| 7109 | } |
| 7110 | |
| 7111 | bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const |
| 7112 | { |
| 7113 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow(); |
| 7114 | } |
| 7115 | |
| 7116 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const |
| 7117 | { |
| 7118 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); |
| 7119 | } |
| 7120 | |
| 7121 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const |
| 7122 | { |
| 7123 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); |
| 7124 | } |
| 7125 | |
| 7126 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7127 | // access to cell attributes |
| 7128 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7129 | |
| 7130 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const |
| 7131 | { |
| 7132 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7133 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); |
| 7134 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7135 | |
| 7136 | return colour; |
| 7137 | } |
| 7138 | |
| 7139 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const |
| 7140 | { |
| 7141 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7142 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); |
| 7143 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7144 | |
| 7145 | return colour; |
| 7146 | } |
| 7147 | |
| 7148 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const |
| 7149 | { |
| 7150 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7151 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); |
| 7152 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7153 | |
| 7154 | return font; |
| 7155 | } |
| 7156 | |
| 7157 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const |
| 7158 | { |
| 7159 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7160 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); |
| 7161 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7162 | } |
| 7163 | |
| 7164 | bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const |
| 7165 | { |
| 7166 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7167 | bool allow = attr->GetOverflow(); |
| 7168 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7169 | |
| 7170 | return allow; |
| 7171 | } |
| 7172 | |
| 7173 | wxGrid::CellSpan |
| 7174 | wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const |
| 7175 | { |
| 7176 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7177 | attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols ); |
| 7178 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7179 | |
| 7180 | if ( *num_rows == 1 && *num_cols == 1 ) |
| 7181 | return CellSpan_None; // just a normal cell |
| 7182 | |
| 7183 | if ( *num_rows < 0 || *num_cols < 0 ) |
| 7184 | return CellSpan_Inside; // covered by a multi-span cell |
| 7185 | |
| 7186 | // this cell spans multiple cells to its right/bottom |
| 7187 | return CellSpan_Main; |
| 7188 | } |
| 7189 | |
| 7190 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const |
| 7191 | { |
| 7192 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7193 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); |
| 7194 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7195 | |
| 7196 | return renderer; |
| 7197 | } |
| 7198 | |
| 7199 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const |
| 7200 | { |
| 7201 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7202 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 7203 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7204 | |
| 7205 | return editor; |
| 7206 | } |
| 7207 | |
| 7208 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const |
| 7209 | { |
| 7210 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7211 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); |
| 7212 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7213 | |
| 7214 | return isReadOnly; |
| 7215 | } |
| 7216 | |
| 7217 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7218 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... |
| 7219 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7220 | |
| 7221 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const |
| 7222 | { |
| 7223 | if ( !m_table ) |
| 7224 | { |
| 7225 | return false; |
| 7226 | } |
| 7227 | |
| 7228 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); |
| 7229 | } |
| 7230 | |
| 7231 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() |
| 7232 | { |
| 7233 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) |
| 7234 | { |
| 7235 | wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr; |
| 7236 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; |
| 7237 | m_attrCache.row = -1; |
| 7238 | // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses |
| 7239 | // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the |
| 7240 | // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important |
| 7241 | // to invalidate the cache before calling wxSafeDecRef! |
| 7242 | wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr); |
| 7243 | } |
| 7244 | } |
| 7245 | |
| 7246 | void wxGrid::RefreshAttr(int row, int col) |
| 7247 | { |
| 7248 | if ( m_attrCache.row == row && m_attrCache.col == col ) |
| 7249 | ClearAttrCache(); |
| 7250 | } |
| 7251 | |
| 7252 | |
| 7253 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const |
| 7254 | { |
| 7255 | if ( attr != NULL ) |
| 7256 | { |
| 7257 | wxGrid * const self = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this); |
| 7258 | |
| 7259 | self->ClearAttrCache(); |
| 7260 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; |
| 7261 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; |
| 7262 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; |
| 7263 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); |
| 7264 | } |
| 7265 | } |
| 7266 | |
| 7267 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const |
| 7268 | { |
| 7269 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) |
| 7270 | { |
| 7271 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; |
| 7272 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); |
| 7273 | |
| 7274 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 7275 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; |
| 7276 | #endif |
| 7277 | |
| 7278 | return true; |
| 7279 | } |
| 7280 | else |
| 7281 | { |
| 7282 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 7283 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; |
| 7284 | #endif |
| 7285 | |
| 7286 | return false; |
| 7287 | } |
| 7288 | } |
| 7289 | |
| 7290 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const |
| 7291 | { |
| 7292 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; |
| 7293 | // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for |
| 7294 | // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management. |
| 7295 | if ( row >= 0 ) |
| 7296 | { |
| 7297 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) |
| 7298 | { |
| 7299 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any) |
| 7300 | : NULL; |
| 7301 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); |
| 7302 | } |
| 7303 | } |
| 7304 | |
| 7305 | if (attr) |
| 7306 | { |
| 7307 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); |
| 7308 | } |
| 7309 | else |
| 7310 | { |
| 7311 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; |
| 7312 | attr->IncRef(); |
| 7313 | } |
| 7314 | |
| 7315 | return attr; |
| 7316 | } |
| 7317 | |
| 7318 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const |
| 7319 | { |
| 7320 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; |
| 7321 | bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes(); |
| 7322 | |
| 7323 | wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, wxT("Cell attributes not allowed")); |
| 7324 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, wxT("must have a table") ); |
| 7325 | |
| 7326 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell); |
| 7327 | if ( !attr ) |
| 7328 | { |
| 7329 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); |
| 7330 | |
| 7331 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller |
| 7332 | attr->IncRef(); |
| 7333 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); |
| 7334 | } |
| 7335 | |
| 7336 | return attr; |
| 7337 | } |
| 7338 | |
| 7339 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7340 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) |
| 7341 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7342 | |
| 7343 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) |
| 7344 | { |
| 7345 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); |
| 7346 | } |
| 7347 | |
| 7348 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) |
| 7349 | { |
| 7350 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); |
| 7351 | } |
| 7352 | |
| 7353 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) |
| 7354 | { |
| 7355 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; |
| 7356 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) |
| 7357 | { |
| 7358 | typeName << wxT(':') << width << wxT(',') << precision; |
| 7359 | } |
| 7360 | |
| 7361 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); |
| 7362 | } |
| 7363 | |
| 7364 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) |
| 7365 | { |
| 7366 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col ); |
| 7367 | if (!attr) |
| 7368 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; |
| 7369 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); |
| 7370 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); |
| 7371 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); |
| 7372 | attr->SetEditor(editor); |
| 7373 | |
| 7374 | SetColAttr(col, attr); |
| 7375 | |
| 7376 | } |
| 7377 | |
| 7378 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7379 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table |
| 7380 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7381 | |
| 7382 | void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) |
| 7383 | { |
| 7384 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7385 | { |
| 7386 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); |
| 7387 | ClearAttrCache(); |
| 7388 | } |
| 7389 | else |
| 7390 | { |
| 7391 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 7392 | } |
| 7393 | } |
| 7394 | |
| 7395 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) |
| 7396 | { |
| 7397 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7398 | { |
| 7399 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); |
| 7400 | ClearAttrCache(); |
| 7401 | } |
| 7402 | else |
| 7403 | { |
| 7404 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 7405 | } |
| 7406 | } |
| 7407 | |
| 7408 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) |
| 7409 | { |
| 7410 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7411 | { |
| 7412 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); |
| 7413 | ClearAttrCache(); |
| 7414 | } |
| 7415 | else |
| 7416 | { |
| 7417 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 7418 | } |
| 7419 | } |
| 7420 | |
| 7421 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) |
| 7422 | { |
| 7423 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7424 | { |
| 7425 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7426 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); |
| 7427 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7428 | } |
| 7429 | } |
| 7430 | |
| 7431 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) |
| 7432 | { |
| 7433 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7434 | { |
| 7435 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7436 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); |
| 7437 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7438 | } |
| 7439 | } |
| 7440 | |
| 7441 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) |
| 7442 | { |
| 7443 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7444 | { |
| 7445 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7446 | attr->SetFont(font); |
| 7447 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7448 | } |
| 7449 | } |
| 7450 | |
| 7451 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) |
| 7452 | { |
| 7453 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7454 | { |
| 7455 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7456 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); |
| 7457 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7458 | } |
| 7459 | } |
| 7460 | |
| 7461 | void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow ) |
| 7462 | { |
| 7463 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7464 | { |
| 7465 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7466 | attr->SetOverflow(allow); |
| 7467 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7468 | } |
| 7469 | } |
| 7470 | |
| 7471 | void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols ) |
| 7472 | { |
| 7473 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7474 | { |
| 7475 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; |
| 7476 | |
| 7477 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7478 | attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols); |
| 7479 | attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols); |
| 7480 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7481 | |
| 7482 | // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values |
| 7483 | // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot |
| 7484 | // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr. |
| 7485 | // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn |
| 7486 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)), |
| 7487 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell")); |
| 7488 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)), |
| 7489 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1")); |
| 7490 | |
| 7491 | // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first |
| 7492 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) |
| 7493 | { |
| 7494 | int i, j; |
| 7495 | for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) |
| 7496 | { |
| 7497 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) |
| 7498 | { |
| 7499 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) |
| 7500 | { |
| 7501 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); |
| 7502 | attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 ); |
| 7503 | attr_stub->DecRef(); |
| 7504 | } |
| 7505 | } |
| 7506 | } |
| 7507 | } |
| 7508 | |
| 7509 | // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to |
| 7510 | // negative or zero values to point back at this cell |
| 7511 | if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1)) |
| 7512 | { |
| 7513 | int i, j; |
| 7514 | for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++) |
| 7515 | { |
| 7516 | for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++) |
| 7517 | { |
| 7518 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) |
| 7519 | { |
| 7520 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); |
| 7521 | attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i ); |
| 7522 | attr_stub->DecRef(); |
| 7523 | } |
| 7524 | } |
| 7525 | } |
| 7526 | } |
| 7527 | } |
| 7528 | } |
| 7529 | |
| 7530 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) |
| 7531 | { |
| 7532 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7533 | { |
| 7534 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7535 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); |
| 7536 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7537 | } |
| 7538 | } |
| 7539 | |
| 7540 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) |
| 7541 | { |
| 7542 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7543 | { |
| 7544 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7545 | attr->SetEditor(editor); |
| 7546 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7547 | } |
| 7548 | } |
| 7549 | |
| 7550 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) |
| 7551 | { |
| 7552 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7553 | { |
| 7554 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7555 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); |
| 7556 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7557 | } |
| 7558 | } |
| 7559 | |
| 7560 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7561 | // Data type registration |
| 7562 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7563 | |
| 7564 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, |
| 7565 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, |
| 7566 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) |
| 7567 | { |
| 7568 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); |
| 7569 | } |
| 7570 | |
| 7571 | |
| 7572 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const |
| 7573 | { |
| 7574 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); |
| 7575 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); |
| 7576 | } |
| 7577 | |
| 7578 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const |
| 7579 | { |
| 7580 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); |
| 7581 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); |
| 7582 | } |
| 7583 | |
| 7584 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const |
| 7585 | { |
| 7586 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); |
| 7587 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 7588 | { |
| 7589 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); |
| 7590 | |
| 7591 | return NULL; |
| 7592 | } |
| 7593 | |
| 7594 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); |
| 7595 | } |
| 7596 | |
| 7597 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const |
| 7598 | { |
| 7599 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); |
| 7600 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 7601 | { |
| 7602 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); |
| 7603 | |
| 7604 | return NULL; |
| 7605 | } |
| 7606 | |
| 7607 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); |
| 7608 | } |
| 7609 | |
| 7610 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7611 | // row/col size |
| 7612 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7613 | |
| 7614 | void wxGrid::DoDisableLineResize(int line, wxGridFixedIndicesSet *& setFixed) |
| 7615 | { |
| 7616 | if ( !setFixed ) |
| 7617 | { |
| 7618 | setFixed = new wxGridFixedIndicesSet; |
| 7619 | } |
| 7620 | |
| 7621 | setFixed->insert(line); |
| 7622 | } |
| 7623 | |
| 7624 | bool |
| 7625 | wxGrid::DoCanResizeLine(int line, const wxGridFixedIndicesSet *setFixed) const |
| 7626 | { |
| 7627 | return !setFixed || !setFixed->count(line); |
| 7628 | } |
| 7629 | |
| 7630 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) |
| 7631 | { |
| 7632 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; |
| 7633 | } |
| 7634 | |
| 7635 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) |
| 7636 | { |
| 7637 | m_canDragColSize = enable; |
| 7638 | } |
| 7639 | |
| 7640 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) |
| 7641 | { |
| 7642 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; |
| 7643 | } |
| 7644 | |
| 7645 | void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable ) |
| 7646 | { |
| 7647 | m_canDragCell = enable; |
| 7648 | } |
| 7649 | |
| 7650 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) |
| 7651 | { |
| 7652 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ); |
| 7653 | |
| 7654 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) |
| 7655 | { |
| 7656 | // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size, |
| 7657 | // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms |
| 7658 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of |
| 7659 | // some speed optimisations) |
| 7660 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); |
| 7661 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); |
| 7662 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 7663 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 7664 | } |
| 7665 | } |
| 7666 | |
| 7667 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) |
| 7668 | { |
| 7669 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, wxT("invalid row index") ); |
| 7670 | |
| 7671 | // if < 0 then calculate new height from label |
| 7672 | if ( height < 0 ) |
| 7673 | { |
| 7674 | long w, h; |
| 7675 | wxArrayString lines; |
| 7676 | wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin); |
| 7677 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); |
| 7678 | StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines); |
| 7679 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); |
| 7680 | //check that it is not less than the minimal height |
| 7681 | height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()); |
| 7682 | } |
| 7683 | |
| 7684 | // See comment in SetColSize |
| 7685 | if ( height > 0 && height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) |
| 7686 | return; |
| 7687 | |
| 7688 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) |
| 7689 | { |
| 7690 | // need to really create the array |
| 7691 | InitRowHeights(); |
| 7692 | } |
| 7693 | |
| 7694 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); |
| 7695 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; |
| 7696 | |
| 7697 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; |
| 7698 | for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 7699 | { |
| 7700 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; |
| 7701 | } |
| 7702 | |
| 7703 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 7704 | { |
| 7705 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 7706 | Refresh(); |
| 7707 | } |
| 7708 | } |
| 7709 | |
| 7710 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) |
| 7711 | { |
| 7712 | // we dont allow zero default column width |
| 7713 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 ); |
| 7714 | |
| 7715 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) |
| 7716 | { |
| 7717 | // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size, |
| 7718 | // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights |
| 7719 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of |
| 7720 | // some speed optimisations) |
| 7721 | m_colWidths.Empty(); |
| 7722 | m_colRights.Empty(); |
| 7723 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 7724 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 7725 | } |
| 7726 | } |
| 7727 | |
| 7728 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) |
| 7729 | { |
| 7730 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, wxT("invalid column index") ); |
| 7731 | |
| 7732 | // if < 0 then calculate new width from label |
| 7733 | if ( width < 0 ) |
| 7734 | { |
| 7735 | long w, h; |
| 7736 | wxArrayString lines; |
| 7737 | wxClientDC dc(m_colWindow); |
| 7738 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); |
| 7739 | StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines); |
| 7740 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL ) |
| 7741 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); |
| 7742 | else |
| 7743 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w ); |
| 7744 | width = w + 6; |
| 7745 | //check that it is not less than the minimal width |
| 7746 | width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()); |
| 7747 | } |
| 7748 | |
| 7749 | // we intentionally don't test whether the width is less than |
| 7750 | // GetColMinimalWidth() here but we do compare it with |
| 7751 | // GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() as otherwise things currently break (see |
| 7752 | // #651) -- and we also always allow the width of 0 as it has the special |
| 7753 | // sense of hiding the column |
| 7754 | if ( width > 0 && width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() ) |
| 7755 | return; |
| 7756 | |
| 7757 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 7758 | { |
| 7759 | // need to really create the array |
| 7760 | InitColWidths(); |
| 7761 | } |
| 7762 | |
| 7763 | const int diff = width - m_colWidths[col]; |
| 7764 | m_colWidths[col] = width; |
| 7765 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) |
| 7766 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); |
| 7767 | //else: will be refreshed when the header is redrawn |
| 7768 | |
| 7769 | for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) |
| 7770 | { |
| 7771 | m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff; |
| 7772 | } |
| 7773 | |
| 7774 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 7775 | { |
| 7776 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 7777 | Refresh(); |
| 7778 | } |
| 7779 | } |
| 7780 | |
| 7781 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) |
| 7782 | { |
| 7783 | if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) |
| 7784 | { |
| 7785 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; |
| 7786 | m_colMinWidths[key] = width; |
| 7787 | } |
| 7788 | } |
| 7789 | |
| 7790 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) |
| 7791 | { |
| 7792 | if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) |
| 7793 | { |
| 7794 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; |
| 7795 | m_rowMinHeights[key] = width; |
| 7796 | } |
| 7797 | } |
| 7798 | |
| 7799 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const |
| 7800 | { |
| 7801 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; |
| 7802 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key); |
| 7803 | |
| 7804 | return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth; |
| 7805 | } |
| 7806 | |
| 7807 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const |
| 7808 | { |
| 7809 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; |
| 7810 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key); |
| 7811 | |
| 7812 | return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight; |
| 7813 | } |
| 7814 | |
| 7815 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width ) |
| 7816 | { |
| 7817 | // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us |
| 7818 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns. |
| 7819 | if ( width >= 0 ) |
| 7820 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = width; |
| 7821 | } |
| 7822 | |
| 7823 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height ) |
| 7824 | { |
| 7825 | // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us |
| 7826 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows. |
| 7827 | if ( height >= 0 ) |
| 7828 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height; |
| 7829 | } |
| 7830 | |
| 7831 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const |
| 7832 | { |
| 7833 | return m_minAcceptableColWidth; |
| 7834 | } |
| 7835 | |
| 7836 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const |
| 7837 | { |
| 7838 | return m_minAcceptableRowHeight; |
| 7839 | } |
| 7840 | |
| 7841 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7842 | // auto sizing |
| 7843 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7844 | |
| 7845 | void |
| 7846 | wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction) |
| 7847 | { |
| 7848 | const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN; |
| 7849 | |
| 7850 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); |
| 7851 | |
| 7852 | // cancel editing of cell |
| 7853 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 7854 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 7855 | |
| 7856 | // initialize both of them just to avoid compiler warnings even if only |
| 7857 | // really needs to be initialized here |
| 7858 | int row, |
| 7859 | col; |
| 7860 | if ( column ) |
| 7861 | { |
| 7862 | row = -1; |
| 7863 | col = colOrRow; |
| 7864 | } |
| 7865 | else |
| 7866 | { |
| 7867 | row = colOrRow; |
| 7868 | col = -1; |
| 7869 | } |
| 7870 | |
| 7871 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; |
| 7872 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; |
| 7873 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) |
| 7874 | { |
| 7875 | if ( column ) |
| 7876 | row = rowOrCol; |
| 7877 | else |
| 7878 | col = rowOrCol; |
| 7879 | |
| 7880 | // we need to account for the cells spanning multiple columns/rows: |
| 7881 | // while they may need a lot of space, they don't need all of it in |
| 7882 | // this column/row |
| 7883 | int numRows, numCols; |
| 7884 | const CellSpan span = GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols); |
| 7885 | if ( span == CellSpan_Inside ) |
| 7886 | { |
| 7887 | // we need to get the size of the main cell, not of a cell hidden |
| 7888 | // by it |
| 7889 | row += numRows; |
| 7890 | col += numCols; |
| 7891 | |
| 7892 | // get the size of the main cell too |
| 7893 | GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols); |
| 7894 | } |
| 7895 | |
| 7896 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7897 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); |
| 7898 | if ( renderer ) |
| 7899 | { |
| 7900 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); |
| 7901 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; |
| 7902 | |
| 7903 | if ( span != CellSpan_None ) |
| 7904 | { |
| 7905 | // we spread the size of a spanning cell over all the cells it |
| 7906 | // covers evenly -- this is probably not ideal but we can't |
| 7907 | // really do much better here |
| 7908 | // |
| 7909 | // notice that numCols and numRows are never 0 as they |
| 7910 | // correspond to the size of the main cell of the span and not |
| 7911 | // of the cell inside it |
| 7912 | extent /= column ? numCols : numRows; |
| 7913 | } |
| 7914 | |
| 7915 | if ( extent > extentMax ) |
| 7916 | extentMax = extent; |
| 7917 | |
| 7918 | renderer->DecRef(); |
| 7919 | } |
| 7920 | |
| 7921 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7922 | } |
| 7923 | |
| 7924 | // now also compare with the column label extent |
| 7925 | wxCoord w, h; |
| 7926 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); |
| 7927 | |
| 7928 | if ( column ) |
| 7929 | { |
| 7930 | dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); |
| 7931 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL ) |
| 7932 | w = h; |
| 7933 | } |
| 7934 | else |
| 7935 | dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h ); |
| 7936 | |
| 7937 | extent = column ? w : h; |
| 7938 | if ( extent > extentMax ) |
| 7939 | extentMax = extent; |
| 7940 | |
| 7941 | if ( !extentMax ) |
| 7942 | { |
| 7943 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less |
| 7944 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) |
| 7945 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; |
| 7946 | } |
| 7947 | else |
| 7948 | { |
| 7949 | if ( column ) |
| 7950 | // leave some space around text |
| 7951 | extentMax += 10; |
| 7952 | else |
| 7953 | extentMax += 6; |
| 7954 | } |
| 7955 | |
| 7956 | if ( column ) |
| 7957 | { |
| 7958 | // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the |
| 7959 | // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done |
| 7960 | // in SetColSize(). |
| 7961 | if ( !setAsMin ) |
| 7962 | extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col)); |
| 7963 | |
| 7964 | SetColSize( col, extentMax ); |
| 7965 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 7966 | { |
| 7967 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) |
| 7968 | { |
| 7969 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); |
| 7970 | } |
| 7971 | else |
| 7972 | { |
| 7973 | int cw, ch, dummy; |
| 7974 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 7975 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) ); |
| 7976 | rect.y = 0; |
| 7977 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); |
| 7978 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; |
| 7979 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; |
| 7980 | GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect ); |
| 7981 | } |
| 7982 | } |
| 7983 | } |
| 7984 | else |
| 7985 | { |
| 7986 | // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the |
| 7987 | // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done |
| 7988 | // in SetRowSize(). |
| 7989 | if ( !setAsMin ) |
| 7990 | extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row)); |
| 7991 | |
| 7992 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); |
| 7993 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 7994 | { |
| 7995 | int cw, ch, dummy; |
| 7996 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 7997 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) ); |
| 7998 | rect.x = 0; |
| 7999 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); |
| 8000 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 8001 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; |
| 8002 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); |
| 8003 | } |
| 8004 | } |
| 8005 | |
| 8006 | if ( setAsMin ) |
| 8007 | { |
| 8008 | if ( column ) |
| 8009 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); |
| 8010 | else |
| 8011 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); |
| 8012 | } |
| 8013 | } |
| 8014 | |
| 8015 | wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction) |
| 8016 | { |
| 8017 | // calculate size for the rows or columns? |
| 8018 | const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW; |
| 8019 | |
| 8020 | wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow() |
| 8021 | : GetGridColLabelWindow()); |
| 8022 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); |
| 8023 | |
| 8024 | // which dimension should we take into account for calculations? |
| 8025 | // |
| 8026 | // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows |
| 8027 | // we also have to take into account the text orientation |
| 8028 | const bool |
| 8029 | useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL); |
| 8030 | |
| 8031 | wxArrayString lines; |
| 8032 | wxCoord extentMax = 0; |
| 8033 | |
| 8034 | const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols; |
| 8035 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ ) |
| 8036 | { |
| 8037 | lines.Clear(); |
| 8038 | |
| 8039 | wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol) |
| 8040 | : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol); |
| 8041 | StringToLines(label, lines); |
| 8042 | |
| 8043 | long w, h; |
| 8044 | GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h); |
| 8045 | |
| 8046 | const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h; |
| 8047 | if ( extent > extentMax ) |
| 8048 | extentMax = extent; |
| 8049 | } |
| 8050 | |
| 8051 | if ( !extentMax ) |
| 8052 | { |
| 8053 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less |
| 8054 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) |
| 8055 | extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize() |
| 8056 | : GetDefaultColLabelSize(); |
| 8057 | } |
| 8058 | |
| 8059 | // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow) |
| 8060 | if ( calcRows ) |
| 8061 | extentMax += 10; |
| 8062 | else |
| 8063 | extentMax += 6; |
| 8064 | |
| 8065 | return extentMax; |
| 8066 | } |
| 8067 | |
| 8068 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) |
| 8069 | { |
| 8070 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 8071 | |
| 8072 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker; |
| 8073 | if(!calcOnly) |
| 8074 | locker.Create(this); |
| 8075 | |
| 8076 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) |
| 8077 | { |
| 8078 | if ( !calcOnly ) |
| 8079 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); |
| 8080 | |
| 8081 | width += GetColWidth(col); |
| 8082 | } |
| 8083 | |
| 8084 | return width; |
| 8085 | } |
| 8086 | |
| 8087 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) |
| 8088 | { |
| 8089 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; |
| 8090 | |
| 8091 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker; |
| 8092 | if(!calcOnly) |
| 8093 | locker.Create(this); |
| 8094 | |
| 8095 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) |
| 8096 | { |
| 8097 | if ( !calcOnly ) |
| 8098 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); |
| 8099 | |
| 8100 | height += GetRowHeight(row); |
| 8101 | } |
| 8102 | |
| 8103 | return height; |
| 8104 | } |
| 8105 | |
| 8106 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() |
| 8107 | { |
| 8108 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this); |
| 8109 | |
| 8110 | wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, |
| 8111 | SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); |
| 8112 | |
| 8113 | // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to |
| 8114 | // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct |
| 8115 | // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars |
| 8116 | SetScrollbars(m_xScrollPixelsPerLine, m_yScrollPixelsPerLine, |
| 8117 | 0, 0, 0, 0, true); |
| 8118 | |
| 8119 | SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight); |
| 8120 | } |
| 8121 | |
| 8122 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row ) |
| 8123 | { |
| 8124 | // Hide the edit control, so it |
| 8125 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. |
| 8126 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) |
| 8127 | { |
| 8128 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 8129 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 8130 | } |
| 8131 | |
| 8132 | // autosize row height depending on label text |
| 8133 | SetRowSize(row, -1); |
| 8134 | ForceRefresh(); |
| 8135 | } |
| 8136 | |
| 8137 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col ) |
| 8138 | { |
| 8139 | // Hide the edit control, so it |
| 8140 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. |
| 8141 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) |
| 8142 | { |
| 8143 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 8144 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 8145 | } |
| 8146 | |
| 8147 | // autosize column width depending on label text |
| 8148 | SetColSize(col, -1); |
| 8149 | ForceRefresh(); |
| 8150 | } |
| 8151 | |
| 8152 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const |
| 8153 | { |
| 8154 | wxGrid * const self = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this); |
| 8155 | |
| 8156 | // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't |
| 8157 | // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them |
| 8158 | wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, |
| 8159 | self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); |
| 8160 | |
| 8161 | // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to |
| 8162 | // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this |
| 8163 | // calculation. |
| 8164 | // CacheBestSize(size); |
| 8165 | |
| 8166 | return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight) |
| 8167 | + GetWindowBorderSize(); |
| 8168 | } |
| 8169 | |
| 8170 | void wxGrid::Fit() |
| 8171 | { |
| 8172 | AutoSize(); |
| 8173 | } |
| 8174 | |
| 8175 | #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 |
| 8176 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const |
| 8177 | { |
| 8178 | return wxNullPen; |
| 8179 | } |
| 8180 | #endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 |
| 8181 | |
| 8182 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8183 | // cell value accessor functions |
| 8184 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8185 | |
| 8186 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) |
| 8187 | { |
| 8188 | if ( m_table ) |
| 8189 | { |
| 8190 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); |
| 8191 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 8192 | { |
| 8193 | int dummy; |
| 8194 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); |
| 8195 | rect.x = 0; |
| 8196 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); |
| 8197 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); |
| 8198 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); |
| 8199 | } |
| 8200 | |
| 8201 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && |
| 8202 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && |
| 8203 | IsCellEditControlShown()) |
| 8204 | // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, |
| 8205 | // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from |
| 8206 | // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. |
| 8207 | { |
| 8208 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 8209 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table |
| 8210 | } |
| 8211 | } |
| 8212 | } |
| 8213 | |
| 8214 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8215 | // block, row and column selection |
| 8216 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8217 | |
| 8218 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) |
| 8219 | { |
| 8220 | if ( !m_selection ) |
| 8221 | return; |
| 8222 | |
| 8223 | if ( !addToSelected ) |
| 8224 | ClearSelection(); |
| 8225 | |
| 8226 | m_selection->SelectRow(row); |
| 8227 | } |
| 8228 | |
| 8229 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) |
| 8230 | { |
| 8231 | if ( !m_selection ) |
| 8232 | return; |
| 8233 | |
| 8234 | if ( !addToSelected ) |
| 8235 | ClearSelection(); |
| 8236 | |
| 8237 | m_selection->SelectCol(col); |
| 8238 | } |
| 8239 | |
| 8240 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, |
| 8241 | bool addToSelected) |
| 8242 | { |
| 8243 | if ( !m_selection ) |
| 8244 | return; |
| 8245 | |
| 8246 | if ( !addToSelected ) |
| 8247 | ClearSelection(); |
| 8248 | |
| 8249 | m_selection->SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol); |
| 8250 | } |
| 8251 | |
| 8252 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() |
| 8253 | { |
| 8254 | if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) |
| 8255 | { |
| 8256 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 8257 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); |
| 8258 | } |
| 8259 | } |
| 8260 | |
| 8261 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8262 | // cell, row and col deselection |
| 8263 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8264 | |
| 8265 | void wxGrid::DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper) |
| 8266 | { |
| 8267 | if ( !m_selection ) |
| 8268 | return; |
| 8269 | |
| 8270 | const wxGridSelectionModes mode = m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); |
| 8271 | if ( mode == oper.GetSelectionMode() || |
| 8272 | mode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns ) |
| 8273 | { |
| 8274 | const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, 0)); |
| 8275 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) ) |
| 8276 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c); |
| 8277 | } |
| 8278 | else if ( mode != oper.Dual().GetSelectionMode() ) |
| 8279 | { |
| 8280 | const int nOther = oper.Dual().GetNumberOfLines(this); |
| 8281 | for ( int i = 0; i < nOther; i++ ) |
| 8282 | { |
| 8283 | const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, i)); |
| 8284 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) ) |
| 8285 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c); |
| 8286 | } |
| 8287 | } |
| 8288 | //else: can only select orthogonal lines so no lines in this direction |
| 8289 | // could have been selected anyhow |
| 8290 | } |
| 8291 | |
| 8292 | void wxGrid::DeselectRow(int row) |
| 8293 | { |
| 8294 | DeselectLine(row, wxGridRowOperations()); |
| 8295 | } |
| 8296 | |
| 8297 | void wxGrid::DeselectCol(int col) |
| 8298 | { |
| 8299 | DeselectLine(col, wxGridColumnOperations()); |
| 8300 | } |
| 8301 | |
| 8302 | void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col ) |
| 8303 | { |
| 8304 | if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) ) |
| 8305 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col); |
| 8306 | } |
| 8307 | |
| 8308 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const |
| 8309 | { |
| 8310 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() || |
| 8311 | ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 8312 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) ); |
| 8313 | } |
| 8314 | |
| 8315 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const |
| 8316 | { |
| 8317 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || |
| 8318 | ( row >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() && |
| 8319 | col >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() && |
| 8320 | row <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow() && |
| 8321 | col <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol() )) ); |
| 8322 | } |
| 8323 | |
| 8324 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const |
| 8325 | { |
| 8326 | if (!m_selection) |
| 8327 | { |
| 8328 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; |
| 8329 | return a; |
| 8330 | } |
| 8331 | |
| 8332 | return m_selection->m_cellSelection; |
| 8333 | } |
| 8334 | |
| 8335 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const |
| 8336 | { |
| 8337 | if (!m_selection) |
| 8338 | { |
| 8339 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; |
| 8340 | return a; |
| 8341 | } |
| 8342 | |
| 8343 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft; |
| 8344 | } |
| 8345 | |
| 8346 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const |
| 8347 | { |
| 8348 | if (!m_selection) |
| 8349 | { |
| 8350 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; |
| 8351 | return a; |
| 8352 | } |
| 8353 | |
| 8354 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight; |
| 8355 | } |
| 8356 | |
| 8357 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const |
| 8358 | { |
| 8359 | if (!m_selection) |
| 8360 | { |
| 8361 | wxArrayInt a; |
| 8362 | return a; |
| 8363 | } |
| 8364 | |
| 8365 | return m_selection->m_rowSelection; |
| 8366 | } |
| 8367 | |
| 8368 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const |
| 8369 | { |
| 8370 | if (!m_selection) |
| 8371 | { |
| 8372 | wxArrayInt a; |
| 8373 | return a; |
| 8374 | } |
| 8375 | |
| 8376 | return m_selection->m_colSelection; |
| 8377 | } |
| 8378 | |
| 8379 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() |
| 8380 | { |
| 8381 | wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_selectedBlockTopLeft, |
| 8382 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight); |
| 8383 | wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, |
| 8384 | m_selectedBlockCorner); |
| 8385 | |
| 8386 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = |
| 8387 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = |
| 8388 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 8389 | |
| 8390 | if ( !r1.IsEmpty() ) |
| 8391 | RefreshRect(r1, false); |
| 8392 | if ( !r2.IsEmpty() ) |
| 8393 | RefreshRect(r2, false); |
| 8394 | |
| 8395 | if ( m_selection ) |
| 8396 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); |
| 8397 | } |
| 8398 | |
| 8399 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block |
| 8400 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. |
| 8401 | // |
| 8402 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, |
| 8403 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const |
| 8404 | { |
| 8405 | wxRect resultRect; |
| 8406 | wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft); |
| 8407 | if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) |
| 8408 | { |
| 8409 | resultRect = tempCellRect; |
| 8410 | } |
| 8411 | else |
| 8412 | { |
| 8413 | resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 8414 | } |
| 8415 | |
| 8416 | tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight); |
| 8417 | if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) |
| 8418 | { |
| 8419 | resultRect += tempCellRect; |
| 8420 | } |
| 8421 | else |
| 8422 | { |
| 8423 | // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do. |
| 8424 | return wxGridNoCellRect; |
| 8425 | } |
| 8426 | |
| 8427 | // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order. |
| 8428 | int left = resultRect.GetLeft(); |
| 8429 | int top = resultRect.GetTop(); |
| 8430 | int right = resultRect.GetRight(); |
| 8431 | int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom(); |
| 8432 | |
| 8433 | int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol(); |
| 8434 | int topRow = topLeft.GetRow(); |
| 8435 | int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol(); |
| 8436 | int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow(); |
| 8437 | |
| 8438 | if (left > right) |
| 8439 | { |
| 8440 | int tmp = left; |
| 8441 | left = right; |
| 8442 | right = tmp; |
| 8443 | |
| 8444 | tmp = leftCol; |
| 8445 | leftCol = rightCol; |
| 8446 | rightCol = tmp; |
| 8447 | } |
| 8448 | |
| 8449 | if (top > bottom) |
| 8450 | { |
| 8451 | int tmp = top; |
| 8452 | top = bottom; |
| 8453 | bottom = tmp; |
| 8454 | |
| 8455 | tmp = topRow; |
| 8456 | topRow = bottomRow; |
| 8457 | bottomRow = tmp; |
| 8458 | } |
| 8459 | |
| 8460 | // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells. |
| 8461 | int cw, ch; |
| 8462 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 8463 | |
| 8464 | // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the |
| 8465 | // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right. |
| 8466 | int gridOriginX = 0; |
| 8467 | int gridOriginY = 0; |
| 8468 | CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY); |
| 8469 | |
| 8470 | int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX); |
| 8471 | int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY); |
| 8472 | |
| 8473 | int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw); |
| 8474 | int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch); |
| 8475 | |
| 8476 | // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block |
| 8477 | // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values |
| 8478 | // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the |
| 8479 | // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately. |
| 8480 | const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow); |
| 8481 | const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow); |
| 8482 | const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol); |
| 8483 | const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol); |
| 8484 | |
| 8485 | for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ ) |
| 8486 | { |
| 8487 | for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ ) |
| 8488 | { |
| 8489 | if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) || |
| 8490 | (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) ) |
| 8491 | { |
| 8492 | tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i ); |
| 8493 | |
| 8494 | if (tempCellRect.x < left) |
| 8495 | left = tempCellRect.x; |
| 8496 | if (tempCellRect.y < top) |
| 8497 | top = tempCellRect.y; |
| 8498 | if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right) |
| 8499 | right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width; |
| 8500 | if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom) |
| 8501 | bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height; |
| 8502 | } |
| 8503 | else |
| 8504 | { |
| 8505 | i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells. |
| 8506 | } |
| 8507 | } |
| 8508 | } |
| 8509 | |
| 8510 | // Convert to scrolled coords |
| 8511 | CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top ); |
| 8512 | CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom ); |
| 8513 | |
| 8514 | if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) |
| 8515 | return wxRect(0,0,0,0); |
| 8516 | |
| 8517 | resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); |
| 8518 | resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); |
| 8519 | resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); |
| 8520 | resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); |
| 8521 | |
| 8522 | return resultRect; |
| 8523 | } |
| 8524 | |
| 8525 | void wxGrid::DoSetSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo, |
| 8526 | const wxGridOperations& oper) |
| 8527 | { |
| 8528 | BeginBatch(); |
| 8529 | oper.SetDefaultLineSize(this, sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault, true); |
| 8530 | const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this); |
| 8531 | for ( int i = 0; i < numLines; i++ ) |
| 8532 | { |
| 8533 | int size = sizeInfo.GetSize(i); |
| 8534 | if ( size != sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault) |
| 8535 | oper.SetLineSize(this, i, size); |
| 8536 | } |
| 8537 | EndBatch(); |
| 8538 | } |
| 8539 | |
| 8540 | void wxGrid::SetColSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo) |
| 8541 | { |
| 8542 | DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridColumnOperations()); |
| 8543 | } |
| 8544 | |
| 8545 | void wxGrid::SetRowSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo) |
| 8546 | { |
| 8547 | DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridRowOperations()); |
| 8548 | } |
| 8549 | |
| 8550 | wxGridSizesInfo::wxGridSizesInfo(int defSize, const wxArrayInt& allSizes) |
| 8551 | { |
| 8552 | m_sizeDefault = defSize; |
| 8553 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < allSizes.size(); i++ ) |
| 8554 | { |
| 8555 | if ( allSizes[i] != defSize ) |
| 8556 | m_customSizes[i] = allSizes[i]; |
| 8557 | } |
| 8558 | } |
| 8559 | |
| 8560 | int wxGridSizesInfo::GetSize(unsigned pos) const |
| 8561 | { |
| 8562 | wxUnsignedToIntHashMap::const_iterator it = m_customSizes.find(pos); |
| 8563 | |
| 8564 | return it == m_customSizes.end() ? m_sizeDefault : it->second; |
| 8565 | } |
| 8566 | |
| 8567 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8568 | // drop target |
| 8569 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8570 | |
| 8571 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
| 8572 | |
| 8573 | // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid |
| 8574 | void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget) |
| 8575 | { |
| 8576 | GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget); |
| 8577 | } |
| 8578 | |
| 8579 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
| 8580 | |
| 8581 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8582 | // grid event classes |
| 8583 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8584 | |
| 8585 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) |
| 8586 | |
| 8587 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, |
| 8588 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, |
| 8589 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) |
| 8590 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), |
| 8591 | wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) |
| 8592 | { |
| 8593 | Init(row, col, x, y, sel); |
| 8594 | |
| 8595 | SetEventObject(obj); |
| 8596 | } |
| 8597 | |
| 8598 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) |
| 8599 | |
| 8600 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, |
| 8601 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, |
| 8602 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) |
| 8603 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), |
| 8604 | wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) |
| 8605 | { |
| 8606 | Init(rowOrCol, x, y); |
| 8607 | |
| 8608 | SetEventObject(obj); |
| 8609 | } |
| 8610 | |
| 8611 | |
| 8612 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) |
| 8613 | |
| 8614 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, |
| 8615 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, |
| 8616 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, |
| 8617 | bool sel, bool control, |
| 8618 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) |
| 8619 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), |
| 8620 | wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) |
| 8621 | { |
| 8622 | Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel); |
| 8623 | |
| 8624 | SetEventObject(obj); |
| 8625 | } |
| 8626 | |
| 8627 | |
| 8628 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent) |
| 8629 | |
| 8630 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, |
| 8631 | wxObject* obj, int row, |
| 8632 | int col, wxControl* ctrl) |
| 8633 | : wxCommandEvent(type, id) |
| 8634 | { |
| 8635 | SetEventObject(obj); |
| 8636 | m_row = row; |
| 8637 | m_col = col; |
| 8638 | m_ctrl = ctrl; |
| 8639 | } |
| 8640 | |
| 8641 | |
| 8642 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8643 | // wxGridTypeRegistry |
| 8644 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8645 | |
| 8646 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() |
| 8647 | { |
| 8648 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); |
| 8649 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) |
| 8650 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; |
| 8651 | } |
| 8652 | |
| 8653 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, |
| 8654 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, |
| 8655 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) |
| 8656 | { |
| 8657 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); |
| 8658 | |
| 8659 | // is it already registered? |
| 8660 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); |
| 8661 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 8662 | { |
| 8663 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; |
| 8664 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; |
| 8665 | } |
| 8666 | else |
| 8667 | { |
| 8668 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); |
| 8669 | } |
| 8670 | } |
| 8671 | |
| 8672 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) |
| 8673 | { |
| 8674 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); |
| 8675 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) |
| 8676 | { |
| 8677 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) |
| 8678 | { |
| 8679 | return i; |
| 8680 | } |
| 8681 | } |
| 8682 | |
| 8683 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
| 8684 | } |
| 8685 | |
| 8686 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) |
| 8687 | { |
| 8688 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); |
| 8689 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 8690 | { |
| 8691 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case |
| 8692 | // register it "on the fly" |
| 8693 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
| 8694 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) |
| 8695 | { |
| 8696 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, |
| 8697 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, |
| 8698 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); |
| 8699 | } |
| 8700 | else |
| 8701 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
| 8702 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX |
| 8703 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) |
| 8704 | { |
| 8705 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, |
| 8706 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, |
| 8707 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); |
| 8708 | } |
| 8709 | else |
| 8710 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX |
| 8711 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
| 8712 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) |
| 8713 | { |
| 8714 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, |
| 8715 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, |
| 8716 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); |
| 8717 | } |
| 8718 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) |
| 8719 | { |
| 8720 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, |
| 8721 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, |
| 8722 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); |
| 8723 | } |
| 8724 | else |
| 8725 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
| 8726 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX |
| 8727 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) |
| 8728 | { |
| 8729 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, |
| 8730 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, |
| 8731 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); |
| 8732 | } |
| 8733 | else |
| 8734 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX |
| 8735 | { |
| 8736 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
| 8737 | } |
| 8738 | |
| 8739 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return |
| 8740 | // the last index |
| 8741 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; |
| 8742 | } |
| 8743 | |
| 8744 | return index; |
| 8745 | } |
| 8746 | |
| 8747 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) |
| 8748 | { |
| 8749 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); |
| 8750 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 8751 | { |
| 8752 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' |
| 8753 | // are the parameters for the renderer |
| 8754 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(wxT(':'))); |
| 8755 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 8756 | { |
| 8757 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
| 8758 | } |
| 8759 | |
| 8760 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); |
| 8761 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; |
| 8762 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); |
| 8763 | rendererOld->DecRef(); |
| 8764 | |
| 8765 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); |
| 8766 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; |
| 8767 | editor = editor->Clone(); |
| 8768 | editorOld->DecRef(); |
| 8769 | |
| 8770 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults |
| 8771 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(wxT(':')); |
| 8772 | renderer->SetParameters(params); |
| 8773 | editor->SetParameters(params); |
| 8774 | |
| 8775 | // register the new typename |
| 8776 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); |
| 8777 | |
| 8778 | // we just registered it, it's the last one |
| 8779 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; |
| 8780 | } |
| 8781 | |
| 8782 | return index; |
| 8783 | } |
| 8784 | |
| 8785 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) |
| 8786 | { |
| 8787 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; |
| 8788 | if (renderer) |
| 8789 | renderer->IncRef(); |
| 8790 | |
| 8791 | return renderer; |
| 8792 | } |
| 8793 | |
| 8794 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) |
| 8795 | { |
| 8796 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; |
| 8797 | if (editor) |
| 8798 | editor->IncRef(); |
| 8799 | |
| 8800 | return editor; |
| 8801 | } |
| 8802 | |
| 8803 | #endif // wxUSE_GRID |